Giáo án giảng dạy soạn theo đổi mới Tiếng Anh 8,9 - HKI (chương trình cũ) 2 cột (2019-2020)

GIÁO ÁN GIẢNG DẠY SOẠN THEO ĐỔI MỚI TIẾNG ANH

vectorstock.com/31086119

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN LESSON PLAN PHÁT TRIỂN NỘI DUNG

Giáo án giảng dạy soạn theo đổi mới Tiếng Anh 8,9 - HKI (chương trình cũ) 2 cột (Hoạt động của GV và HS/ Nội dung) (2019-2020) WORD VERSION | 2021 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594

Week: 1 Period: 1

REVIEW AND CHECK STUDENTS’ KNOWLEDGE

Preparation date:12 /8 /2019 Teaching date : 20/8/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge After the lesson, students can Practice some phrases about classroom managements used during the years,Revise the grammar points and structures that Ss learned in grade 7,Have a good foundation for studying English of class 8,Have good attitude in learning English.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more lesson 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

4.Competence: Communication ,language ,write ,speak,read ,listen II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content I. Warm up: Chatting: 1. Warm up: Chatting: - Asks Ss some questions about their vacation, about their health, their interests and about their English especially their result of studying English 2.Presentation II. Grammar -TM: Play game, practising, discussion a. Present simple tense group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

Form: S + is / am / are + O -Q: Love family, friends and country S + V(s, es) + O - T summarizes the content to review - T has ss rewrite the structures of the Adverbs: Usually, often, present simple tense(in the notebook/on always, sometimes, never, every the board) Ex: Hoa (be) is a beautiful girl - Ss rewrite the structures of the present She (go) goes to school simple tense - T reminds ss of the adverbs to recognize everyday the tense. b. Present continuous tense Form:

- T has ss rewrite the structures of the present continuous tense(in the notebook/on the board) - Ss rewrite the structures of the present continuous tense - T reminds ss of the adverbs to recognize the tense.

S + am / is / are + V-ing + O Adverbs: now, at the moment, at present, at this / that time + look, listen Ex: - I (play) soccer now I am playing soccer now - What Nam (do) at the moment?

What is Nam doing at the moment? c. Future simple tense / near future tense Form: S + will / shall + V-inf + O S + be going to + V-inf + O

Note: I, We shall Adverbs : next (week / year / month), tomorrow, ‌ Ex:- He (visit) his grandparents next - T has ss rewrite the structures of the week He will visit grandparents next future simple tense(in the notebook/on week the board) - What you (do) tomorrow?

- Ss rewrite the structures of the future What will you do tomorrow? simple tense - T reminds ss of the adverbs to recognize d. Past Simple tense the tense.

Form:

S + was / were + O S + V(Ed, 2) + O

Adverbs : yesterday, ago, for, last (week, year, month) Ex: - Where Minh (go) yesterday?

Where did Minh go yesterday?

- T has ss rewrite the structures of the - Hoa (be) a new student last past simple tense(in the notebook/on the year board) Hoa was a new student last - Ss rewrite the structures of the past year simple tense - T reminds ss of the adverbs to recognize *. Vocabulary the tense.

Adverbs, irregular verbs, regular

- T reminds ss of: Adverbs, irregular verbs, and vocabulary had learnt in English 7 verbs, regular verbs - Ss notice III.Practice - Answer keys: 1. goes/likes/ playing/ is playing.

2. staying up 3.Practice

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Ex1: Give the correct tense of verbs

3. drinks/ is drinking.

4. read/ was 5. is going / has 6. is ironing/ does

1.Trung(go).....to the amusement center twice a week.

He(like).........(play)................ electronic games very much. At the moment he ( play)..................... a new game there.

2. Nga gets used to( stay).....................up late.

3. My father usually(drink)..................coffee but today he ( drink)................ tea.

4. Last Sunday, Minh(read)....... books in the library. He (be)............there for three hours.

5. Hoa ( go)..............to the dentist tomorrow because she( have)................ a toothache.

6. Nga is now in her room. She (iron) .... the clothes. She always (do)............ it herself.

7. What time............ you ( finish) ....... your lessons last Tuesday?

8. .............you( go)...........to the tennis club last Sunday? No. I( be)......... tired so I( stay).......... at home.

9. Viet can swim very well. He( learn) ......... to swim when he( be)............ four years old.

10. When my brother and I( be)........... small, we ( spend)........... several hours(

7. did you finish 8. did you go / was/ stayed.

9. learned/ was/.

10. were / spent/playing 11. is doing /didn’t.

12. teaches/ to play/ 13. will become 14. is raining/ will go 15. bought/ to eat 16. is/ loocking/ left 17. Do you like/ am going to give 18. lived/ went/ is living

play) ......... with our pet dog.

11.Tam( do)..............the test again at the moment because he(not pass).............it in the first time.

12. My sister( teach).......... me( play) ........... chess twice a week.

13. In the future, computers( become) .......... more important in education.

14.It (rain)..........now. I don’t think I (go)............ out.

15.I was hungry, so I(buy)................ something(eat)........................

16. I don’t know why the front door( be)............open. I remember( lock)............ it before I( leave)..........

17. .......... you(like)........... this necklace?

I(give)..........it to my daughter for her birthday tomorrow.

18. He( live)................. in London for two years and then( go).................. to Edibburgh. Now he ( live)… in Manchester 4.Futher practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * How to use English 8: - Asks Ss to Open their books and asks them some questions to introduce the main content of English 8. a. How many units are there in this book? b. What are they about? c. Are these units different from units in E 6,7 ? c. How many parts are there in each unit? What are they?

5.Production * Commands for subject - Asks Ss to prepare : text book, workbook, 2 notebooks , pen/ pencil, dictionary(optional) - Learn by heart the use, form of all

IV.Futher practice - Open the book look at it and answer the questions.

- Answer keys: a. 16 b. Friends, school, home…….. c.yes, they are. d. Getting started + Listen and read / Speak / Listen / Read / Write / Language Focus

V. Homework - Learn by heart the use, form of all tenses.

- Prepare Lesson 1 (Unit 1) – Getting started + Listen and Read.

tenses.

- Prepare Lesson 1 (Unit 1) – Getting started + Listen and Read. ................................................................................

Week: 1 Period:2

Preparing date: 14 /08/2019 Teaching date: 22 /08/2019 UNIT I: MY FRIENDS Lesson 1: Getting started + Listen and read

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge - To help Ss read for details a conversation and revise simple present and simple past .

- By the end of the lesson Ss will be able to understand the conversation and use present and simple past well 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more leson 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher and student ‘s activities Contents 1. Warm up: 1.1. Networks: I. Warm up: -T asks SS to work in groups and write 1. Networks: some of their activities after school on the board.

- Calls Ss to write on the board.

After school activities

2.2. Getting started: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

- SS work in groups and write .

- Possible answers: listen to music play soccer play volleyball play chess

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - T asks Ss to look at the pictures in their books and describe the groups of friends and their favorite activities. * Picture a: What are they doing? * Picture b, c, d: Ask Ss to practice in pairs as “Picture a”. Then T check their answers.

- Ss work in groups.

- SS look at the pictures and describe them using the guided questions.

They are playing soccer. reading books= studying/ playing chess/ playing volleyball

3.Presentation: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *vocabulary: to seem (translation): có vẻ, dường như to look like (translation) : trông giống như old enough to be(to do): đủ tuổi để làm việc gì smile(mine): nụ cười christmas(translation): lễ giáng sinh Checking: Rub out and Remember * Set the scene: - T uses the picture of Hoa and Nien to lead Ss in the conversation they are going to listen and read.

- T asks Ss to look at the picture & answer: Who is Hoa? / Where is she from?

Who does she live with? * Pre- question: “ You are going to listen a conversation between Hoa and Lan. Hoa is telling Lan about Nien.”

- T asks Ss to guess the answers for these questions. a. Is Nien Lan’s friend or Hoa’s friend? b. How old is Nien? c. Where does Nien live?

II.Presentation: *vocabulary: to seem (translation): có vẻ, dường như to look like (translation) : trông giống như old enough to be(to do): đủ tuổi để lam việc gì smile(mine): nụ cười christmas(translation): lễ giáng sinh

- SS listen and repeat the words.

- Ss copy the words into their notebooks.

- Ss look at the picture and answer.

She’s a student , class 7A. She is from Hue. She lives with her aunt & uncle - Ss listen .

d. Is she a beautiful girl?

- Ss guess the answers.

- T asks Ss to listen and read the conversation in pairs, then find the answers to the pre-questions.

- Ss listen and read the conversation

and find the answers to the pre questions: - Answer keys; a. Hoa’s friend. b. Yes, she is. * Comprehension questions : c. She lives in Hue. - Asks Ss to practice the conversation in pairs then answer comprehension questions d. Yes, she is.

* Model sentences +T asks: -Was Nien Hoa’s classmate?

-Why not?

- Which sentence tells you that Hoa is older than Nien?

4.Further Practice: * Repetition Drill using words cues a. join the police

- Ss practice the conversation in pairs then answer comprehension questions.

- Answer keys; a. She lives in Hue b. No, she doesn’t c. The sentence is “ She wasn’t old enough to be in my class” d. She is going to visit Hoa at Christmas - Ss answer: - No, she wasn’t - Because she wasn’t old enough to be in Hoa’s class.

She wasn’t old enough to be in my class. + Checking: meaning, use, form & pronunciation form : S + be (not) + adj + enough + to V - SS copy the model sentence and the form.

IVFurther Practice - Ss say: You are not old enough to join the police.”

b. see that film c. have a full-time job d. drive a car Eg: T writes “ You are not old enough to ride a motorbike” on the board T says “.....join the police” *Word cue drill : - Asks Ss to make sentences using the cues. a. tall/ join the police

You are not old enough to see that film You are not old enough to have a full-time job You are not old enough to drive a car

- Ss make sentences: - Answer keys:

b. not strong/ push the door open c. intelligent/ finish the work(himself) d. (not) old/ drive a car 5. Production:: - Asks Ss to complete the dialogue in pairs and asks some pairs to present in front of the class.

Week: 1 Period: 3

a. You are tall enough to join in the police. b. You are not strong enough to push the door open. c. He is intelligent enough to finish the work himself. d. You are not old enough to drive a car IV Production - Ss complete the dialogues in pairs.

V. Homework - Learn and write all the words + model sentences - Do EX 5,6 in workbook.

UNIT 1: MY FRIENDS Lesson 2: Speak and listen

Preparation date: 16/8/2019 Teaching date : 24/8/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge - To help Ss practice in describing someone and listening for specific.

- By the end of the lesson Ss will be able to describe their friends and understand the text.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more lesson 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and student’s activities Content 1.Warm up: I. Warm up: Brainstorming Brainstorming - Asks Ss to think of the adjectives used - Answer keys: to describe body build and hair Body build: tall, short, thin, fat…..

Hair: long, short, black, white… hair

Body build

*Speak 2.*Pre-speaking -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

New-words: -Q: Love family, friends and country - blond (a) : tóc vàng hoe T uses the picture on page 10, asks Ss: How many people are there in the picture? - slim (a) : (dáng người) thanh mảnh - straight (a) : tóc thẳng Who are they? What do you know about Nien? Could you tell me more about Nien? - curly (a) : tóc quăn, xoăn - bald (a) : đầu hói - Ss answer - fair (a) : da vàng nhạt, tóc vàng hoe - T can give Ss marks if Ss answer

Networks / Marks : correctly - T introduces: Nien is 12 and small. Now you look at the picture and listen ( picture of Mary) Build Hair - T reads the dialogue on page 11 -Ss listen Pre-teach - T gives new-words, writes on the board, Models : guides Ss to read, asks the meaning - Ss read after the teacher (chorus, - This person is + ( build) individually), give the meaning - He/ She has + (hair) - T corrects if necessary Checking: - Ss write again the adjectives about build, hair on the board - T shows the picture of Mary and describes her build, hair - Ss listen and guess - T guides Ss to describe people - Ss listen 3.While - speaking: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *Practice - Asks ss to work in pairs and make the meaningful Word Cue Drill : sentences.

- Word cue drill: a. he / tall / thin b. She / short / slim c. He / short / fat d. long / black e. curly / blond f. straight / brown - Gives feedback.

a. he / tall / thin He is tall and thin b. She / short / slim She is short and slim c. He / short / fat He is short and fat d. long / black She has long black hair e. curly / blond She has curly blond hair

4. Post-speaking: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - T ask Ss to use the information in the book and make similar dialogues Listen * Pre - listening: - T asks Ss to do exercise “listen a, b, c, d” on page 12, 13 - T gives Ss some expressions and make sure the know their meanings * Predictions: - Ss guess and complete 4 dialogues on page 12, 13, using the given expressions * While - listening: Sts listen to the tape then complete the dilogues (twice ) - T gives feedback * Post – listening - T calls Ss to play the roles of 4 dialogues (opened pairs) - T corrects their pronunciation - Ss work in pairs (closed pairs).

5.Production T reminds Ss how to describe people and the expressions - Asks Ss to write some sentences describing

f. straight / brown She has straight brown hair II Listen

a. (1) I’d like you to meet (2) Nice to meet you b. (3) I’d like you to meet (4) It’s a pleasure to meet you c. (5) Come and meet d. (6) How do you do

- Listen and check the predictions.

- Practice the dialogues.

- Ss describe their friends and let the other who is she / he....

VI. Homework: - Learn new words and structures by heart.

- Translate the text into Vietnamese.

- Prepare unit 1: Read.

their family members.

-------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………..

Week: 2 Period: 4

UNIT 1: MY FRIENDS Lesson 3: Read (Page 13, 14)

Preparation date:20/8/2019 Teaching date : /8/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge After the lesson, students can Talk about oneself and other people,Talk about one’s characters and favorite/ like,Develop their reading skills,Know how to love others.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more lesson 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

4.Competence: Communication ,language ,write ,speak,read ,listen II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities 1. Warm up: Getting started - Asks SS to look at the pictures and describe the groups of friends and their favorite activities.

- Give them some guiding questions: What do they look like?

What are they doing?

READ ( Page 13, 14) 2.Pre- Reading -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a.Pre-teach vocabulary: - Introduce the text in which Ba is talking about his close friends - Supply the new words eg: Although it rained heavily, I went to class on time.

-Help Ss read the words -Correct mistake(s) in their pronunciation if necessary - Play the tape two times

Checking vocabulary: What and where

Content I.Warm up: Getting started

- Work in groups, look at the pictures and describe.

II. Vocabulary: + lucky (a): (Explanation) + character (n):(Translation) + sociable (a) = outgoing (a) = friendly and cheerful with other people + generous (a) = give freely, noble ,generously (adv) + extremely (adv): very (high) + volunteer work (n): (Ex),do volunteer work + orphan (n): a child whose parents are dead: + orphanage (n):a home for orphans + reserved (a) = don’t talk much in public: + peace (n): (Translation) + joke (n) + a story with a funny ending ,tell a joke (v) + sense of humor (n): (Ex) + annoy(v) = cause trouble or discomfort: + although (conj): (Trans)

b. Prediction:Choose the best answer and write. page 14 - Get Ss to read ,guess and choose the best answers - Go around the class to check Ss’work and offer help - Give necessary correction 3.While- Reading -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Read p 13.

Read the text to check their prediction b. Now answer the questions.

(Questions and answers) - Make sure Ss to understand meaning of the questions - Ask Ss to read the text again and find the answers for the questions - Go around the class to check Ss’work and offer help - Call some pairs Ss to ask and answer the questions loudly.

- Give necessary correction 4.Post- Reading -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Get Ss to talk about their close friends (name, age, class, appearance, characters, favorite activities) -Give necessary correction (encourage Ss to speak in front of the class) 5. Production - Summarize the lesson: + Give some advice to Ss - Learn new words and structures by heart.

- Translate the text into Vietnamese.

- Prepare unit 1: Write.

III. Multiple choice P14 * Key: a-A. b-C c-A. d-D.

IV.Read p13 V. Questions and answers: *Key: a/ He feels lucky having a lot of friends. b/ Bao is the most sociable. c/ Khai likes reading. d/ A bad thing about Ba’s jokes is that sometimes his jokes annoy his friends. e/ Bao spends his free time doing volunteer work at a local orphanage. f/ (Students’answers

VI. Homework: - Learn new words and structures by heart.

- Translate the text into Vietnamese.

- Prepare unit 1: Write.

-

Week: 2 Period: 5

UNIT 1: MY FRIENDS Lesson 4: WRITE

Preparation date:24/8/2019 Teaching date : /9/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge After the lesson, students can write about oneself and about other people,talk about oneself and other people,know how to write the personal information Know how to take care of other people.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more lesson 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Teaching methods: Communicative approach ,picture drill,group work, game ,role play III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Contents I.Warm up: 1.Warm up: Kim’s game Kim’s game - Asks Ss to look at the picture on page a. four.

17 . Then let them keep the book close. b. The woman is wearing a red shirt and - Divides Ss into four groups. a green skirt.

- Gives Ss 2 questions, the group which The man who is standing beside the car is answer the fastest wins the game. wearing brown trousers and a yellow a. How many people are there in the picture? shirt. b. What is each person wearing?

The man who is stand ding on the pavement is wearing a pink shirt and blue trousers.

The boy is wearing blue shorts and a white shirt.

2.Pre- writing -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Introduce the aims of this part (write

personal information about your friends) - Introduce new words: Checking vocabulary: Rub Out and Remember - Get Ss to read the information about Tam - Ask some questions about Tam to check her reading comprehension 1/ What’s his name?

2/ How old is he?

3/ What does he look like?

4/ What is he like? (Characters) 5/ Where does he live?

6/ Who does he live with?

7/ How many best friends does he have? Who are they?

- Get Ss to read the paragraph about Le Van Tam 3.While- Writing -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Fill in a similar form.......prompts. (page 15) ( grids) - Ask Ss to fill in a similar form for their partner Name:……………………………… ……… .Age:………

Appearance:………………………… ………

Characters:………………………… ………

Address:……………………………… ……

Family:……………………………… ……….

Friends:……………………………… ……

- Go around the class to check Ss’work and offer help - Correct some form before the class - Call one s to complete the form on the board

II.Vocabulary:. + Humorous (a): (trans) + helpful (a): ( exp) III.Read P15 -Answer some questions about Le Van Tam 1.Le Van tam 2.14 3.tall,thin,short black hair 4.sociabl,humorous, helpful 5.26 Tran Phu,HN 6.mother,father,older brother-Hung 7.-2 best friends -Ba,Bao IV.Write

-.Le Van tam -.14 -tall,thin,short black hair -.sociabl,humorous, helpful -.26 Tran Phu,HN -.mother,father,older brother-Hung . -Ba,Bao

V.Write

a similar paragraph about

Write- it- up: - Ask Ss to write a paragraph from the form above.

- Have them share with a friend.

- Go around and help if necessary 4.Post- Writing -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Choose 2 to 3 writings from Ss and correct them.

- Write common mistakes on the board and correct.

your close frieind: Name,age,appearance,characters,address,f amily,friends Eg:His/Her name is....He/She is...years old.He/She lives at /in...with his/her mother,father,younger/older sister/brother.He/She is tall/short,thin/fat,slender, Slim.He/She has short /long black/curly//straight hair..

VI. Homework: - Learn new words and structures by heart.

- Learn how to write a description.

- Prepare unit 1: Language focus.

5.Production - Learn new words and structures by heart.

- Learn how to write a description.

- Prepare unit 1: Language focus.

LANGUAGE FOCUS Preparation date:24/8/2019 Week: 2 Teaching date : /9/2019 Period: 6 I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge After the lesson, students can Review the simple tenses and talk about general truths with the simple present,Review the adjectives used for describing appearance and characters,Know the usage of “enough”,Have better attitude in learning English.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures

Teacher’s and students’ activities Contents 1.Warm up: I.Warm up: Categories: Categories: - Ask Ss to find out the adj beginning with the letters that the teacher gives.

- Work in 2 groups and find out the adj - Divides Ss into 2 groups.

- beginning with the letters that the - Gives 4 letters at the same time. teacher gives.

- The team which finishes first get one mark.

2.Presentation II. Vocabulary: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion + Planet (n): ( example) group, technical present…. + Mars (n): ( Translation):sao hoa -C: Co-operation, communication,… + Mercury (n): sao thuy -Q: Love family, friends and country + Silly (n): ngu ngoc - Introduce the new words III.Revision: *-(not) adjective +enough +to*Checking vocabulary: Rub Out and remember infinitive *(+) S +V/Vs-(es)+O. Ss repeat *- (not) adjective +enough +to- (-) S +DON’T/DOESN’T+V +O. infinitive (?) WH +DO/DOES+ S +V ...? *-Simple tense IV.Practice: -Present simple to talk about general 1 .Exercise 1 p 16 truths * Key: Get Ss to remind the usages of the simple a/ (1) lives (2) sent present tense (3) was (4) is * biểu đạt sự việc, hành động đúng với b/ (1) are (2) came hiện tại. E.g: Hoa lives in Ha Noi. (3) showed (4) introduced * diễn tả hành động thường xảy ra như thói quen e.g: They often drink milk for breakfast. * diễn tả sự thật hiển nhiên (general truth) e.g: The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.

3.Practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Complete the paragraphs. Use .Exercise 1. (page 16) - Revise the formation, use and cues of the present, and past simple tenses.

- Ask Ss to complete the paragraphs in pairs.

- Call Ss read the paragraphs aloud.

- Give answers.

b. Complete the dialogue. Use.Exercise 2..(page 16) - Ask them to read the words in the box .

- Let them complete the dialogue between Ba and Tuan , his young cousin .

- Call on some pairs to practice the complete dialogue.

- Correct their pronunciation and give feedback 4.Further practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present‌.

-C: Co-operation, communication,‌ -Q: Love family, friends and country a.Look and describe Use.Exercise 3.(page 17) - Ask Ss to discuss answering three questions. a) How many people are there in the picture? b) What does each person look like? c) What is each person wearing?

- Elicit some words or phrases: + Heavy, shoulder bag, holds one's head, shorts, yellow shirts....

- Call on one student from each group to give answers.

- Correct.

2 .Exercise 2 p 16 Key: 1- sets 2- goes 3- moves 4- is 5- is 6- is

3 .Exercise 3 p 17 Answers: a/ There are four people in the picture. b/ The man standing next to the taxi is tall and rather fat with short black hair. The woman is tall and thin with short black hair. The boy sitting on the ground is rather tall and thin with short black hair. The man standing across the street is rather fat and short c/ The man standing next to the taxi is wearing a yellow shirt and black trousers, the woman is carrying a shoulder bag, and is wearing a red blouse and a red skirt. The boy sitting on the ground is wearing blue shorts and a white shirt and the man standing across the street is wearing blue trousers, a brown necktie and a pink shirt b. Complete the dialogues. Use (not) 4.Exercise 4 : AnswerKey: a. not big enough adjective + enough (page 17) - Set the scene to introduce the aims of b. not old enough the exercise c. strong enough d. good enough - Ask Ss to work in pairs - Call on some pairs to read the complete dialogue - Correct 5.Production - Learn by heart the sentences: 1.The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.

2.The Earth goes around the sun.

3.The moon moves around the earth.

- Prepare Unit 2: Getting started + Listen and Read

Kiểm tra ngày tháng

Week: 3 Period: 7

năm 2019

Preparation date: 27/8/2019 Teaching date : /9/2019

UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS Lesson 1: Getting started + Listen and Read

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able toUse the telephone to make Confirm arrangements 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities 1.Warm up: Matching - Ask Ss to match each object ( pictures on page 18 ) with its name.

Content I. Warm up: Matching a. an answering machine. b. a mobile phone c. a fax machine d. a telephone directory

e. a public telephone 2. Pre- reading : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *Pre-teach: -Introduce the new words Checking vocabulary:Rub Out and remember

f. an address book II.Vocabulary:

- an answering machine :máy trả lời đt tự động,máy ghi lời nhắn - a mobile phone :đt di động - a fax machine :máy fax - a telephone directory:danh bạ đt - a public telephone :đt công cộng - an address book :sổ ghi đ/c

*. Open prediction : - Set the scene “ Hoa and Nga are talking on the phone . They are talking about going to see a movie” - Ask Ss to guess : a. Who made the call? b. Who introduced herself? c. Who invented the other to the movies? d. Who agreed to the time? e. Who arranged a meeting place? f. Who arranged the time?

- Have them work in pairs to guess the answers.

- Call on some pairs to report the answers and write them on the board.

3. While – reading -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *Listen the dialogue and check their prediction - Turn on the tape 2 times and ask them to read the conversation between Nga and Hoa, then give them feedback .

-Get Ss to read the conversation aloud.Correct pronunciation if any *– Comprehension questions : - Give Ss some questions and ask them to work in pairs to answer them.

III.Prediction: *Answers a. Nga made the call b. Nga introduced herself. c. Nga invited Hoa to the movies. d. Nga arranged a meeting place. e. Hoa arranged the time. f. Nga agreed the time

IV Read:((.Listen and read p19) V. Answers the questions: 1. Her telephone number is 3847329.

2. They are going to see the movie Dream City at Sao Mai Movie Theater.

3. Hoa is going by bike.

4.They are going to meet outside the theater at6.30

1. What is Hoa,s telephone number?

2. Which movie are they going to see?

Where?

3. How is Hoa going to see the movies?

4. Where are they going to meet? What time?

- Call on some pairs to demonstrate in front of class.

- Remark and give feedback.

- Get pairs to practice asking and answering the questions ( open pairs ) *– Matching the phrases with their meanings .

A B 1. Hold on a. nó được chiếu ở đâu?

2. Is six thirty all right? b. khá xa…

3. Where is it on? c. 6h30’ được chứ?

4. A bit far from. d.( Cầm máy)chờ nhé 4. Post- reading : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Role play : - Ask Ss to play the roles of two Ss who are talking on the phone making arrangements.

- Let Ss work in pairs and move around the class and help Ss. - Call on some pairs to demonstrate in front of class.

5.Production - Ask Ss to make a similar dialogue on their notebooks.

- Prepare the next lesson

VI.Matching: Answers : 1- d

2- c

3- a

4- b

VII. Homework: - Ask Ss to make a similar dialogue on their notebooks.

- Prepare the next lesson

Week: 3 Period: 8

UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS Lesson 2: SPEAK + LISTEN

Preparation date: 27/8/2019 Teaching date : /9/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able totalk on the phone about intentions with Going To, complete a telephone message by listening.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up: I.Warm up: chatting chatting - Talks to Ss about using telephone.

Do you have a telephone at home?

How often do you make a phone call?

- Listen to the questions and answer.

What would you say when you pick up the phone to answer it?

What would you say if you are the caller?

Speaking: 2.. Pre- speaking : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * .Revision II.Revision: Ask Ss some questions to check Ss, => S + BE + GOING TO + understanding and focus on the structure GOING TO INFINITIVE a. Are they talking on the phone ? => Express an intention b. What do they intend to do ? c. What time are they meeting ? Where ?

d. What form of the verbs do you use to talk about intentions *ordering statements exercise 1 p20 a. I ‘ m fine.I’m going to a pop concert at the city concert center tonight .Would you like to come?

- Ask Ss to do it in pairs to put the sentences in the correct order to make a complete conversation .

- Call on some pairs to read their answers and write them on the board : - Call on some pairs to practice the conversation they have arranged .

III. Ordering statements * Answers : 1-b

2-f

3-j

4-a

5-i

6-c

7- e

8- k

10- h

11- d

9-g

IV.Speaking: 1. complete the dialogue .

3. While - speaking : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Set the scene “ Ba and Bao are making arrangements to play chess “ - Ask Ss to work with partners to complete the dialogue .

- Call on some pairs to play the roles of Ba and Bao to practice the dialogue .

- Listen and give feedback Ba : Hello . 8257012 -.> Ba : Hello , Bao . How are you ?

-> Ba : Great . Me too.

-> Ba : I am sorry . I can not play chess tonight .-> I am going to do my homework .

Ba :Yes. Tomorrow afternoon is fine .

-> Ba : At the Central Chess Club ? Ok . Let ,s meet at the front door .

-> Ba : Great . See you tomorrow afternoon at 2.00 o,clock - Ask Ss to make the similar arrangements and practice talking with a partner .

Bao : May I speak to Ba , please .

This is Bao .

Bao : I am fine . Thanks , and you ?

Bao : can you play chess tonight ?

Bao : What about tomorrow afternoon ?

Bao : I will meet you at the Center Chess Club .

Bao : Is 2,00 o,clock OK ?

2.Practice: Model sentences : Are you going to see a movie ?

Yes , I am / No , I am not .

V.Listening: 1.Prediction Kingston junior high school Date : .....................

Time : .................

4. Post – speaking : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *Listening: 4.1. Pre- listening : - Ask Ss to look at the form of the telephone message on page 21 and set the scene “ a woman phoned the principal of Kingston junior high school , but he was out .”

- Have Ss guess the message .

- Let Ss work in pairs - Call on some Ss to read their predictions and write them on the board .

4.2. While - listening : - Turn on the tape twice and ask Ss to fill in the message , compare with their predictions .

- Call on some Ss to read their answers after checking .

- Call on some Ss to read them aloud .

4.3. Post - listening : - Ask Ss to make a dialogue about the information they have heard - Go around the class and help them .

- Call on some pairs to practice the dialogue they have made .

For : The principal Message : Telephone number 2.Listening: * Answers : Kingston junior high school Date : Tuesday.....................

Time : 9.45.................

For : The principal Message : Mrs Mary Nguyen wanted to see you at 9 . 45 in the morning Telephone number : 6463720942 VI. Homework: 1. Write five things that they intend to do next week .

2. Copy the dialogue above 3. Do exercises in the workbook

5.Production -Write five things that they intend to do next week .

-Copy the dialogue above - Do exercises in the workbook .

Week: 3 Period: 9

UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS Lesson 3: Read

Preparation date:31/8/2019 Teaching date : /9/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to: know more about Alexander Graham Bell .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up :

Brainstorming - Ask Ss to answer the question “ What is the telephone used for? “ - Ask Ss to write on the board.

What is the telephone used for? for?

What is the telephone used for? for?

2.Pre - reading -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a.Pre teach vocabulary : Introduce the aims and some new words to Ss . .* Checking vocabulary : What and where

I. Warm up : Brainstorming - Possible answers: to chat with friends to communicate to have a message to call someone to make arrangements to talk to a friend who lives far from to get information at the airport or railway station quickly

II.Vocabulary - to emigrate = to go another country to live (xuất cảnh,di cư) - to transmit ( translation ):truyền phát (tín hiệu) - to conduct = to carry out:thực hiện,tiến hành - to demonstrate ( translation ):biểu diễn - a device ( translation ):thiết bị ,dụng cụ - a deaf – mute = a person who is unable to hear and speak :tật vừa câm vừa điếc Assistant:người giúp đỡ, người phụ tá -Countless (a): vô số ,vô kể

b . T / F statements prediction : - Hang the poster of T / F statements on the board and ask Ss to work in pairs and guess which statements are true or false . a. Alexander G. Bell was born in the USA b. He worked with deaf – mute patients in a hospital in Boston . c. Thomas Watson was Bell,s assistant. d. Bell and Watson introduced the telephone in 1877 . e. Bell experimented his invention at a lot of exhibitions .

- Call on some pairs to read their predictions and write them on the board .

3. While - reading -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * True or false : -Turn on the tape 2 times and ask them to look at their books to read the text , then check their prediction - Ask some Ss to read the correct answers aloud . * Ordering :Exercise 2 p22 - Ask Ss to look at the exercise and read the events of Bell,s life , then put them in the correct order .

- Have them compare with their partners - Call on some Ss to read their answers aloud .

- Correct and give feedback - Call on some Ss to read all the correct order sentences aloud .

4.Post - reading -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Writing it up

III. T / F statements prediction: Guess Answer /Correction a.F->He was born in Edinburgh in Scotland b.F->He worked with deaf – mute patients at Boston University c.T d.F->He introduced telephone in 1876 e.F->He experimented with ways of transmitting speech over a long distance f.T

IV. Ordering d- e- a- g- c- b- f = > Alexander Graham Bell 1.d.-Was born in Scotland 2.e- went to live in Canada 3.a- went to live in the USA 4.g- worked with people who could neither speak nor hear 5.c- worked with Thomas Watson 6.b- successfully demonstrate his invention 7.f- invented the telephone .

V.Writing it up : *Suggetstion: Alexander Graham Bell Was born on March 3rd ,in 1847 in Scotland.He went to live in Canada ,and then to lthe USA in 1870s.He worked with people who could neither speak nor hear at Boston University and did

- Get Ss to write a paragraph about Bell,s life /others famous people using the information from the text . /in fact.

- Call on some Ss to demonstrate their writings in front of class .

- Correct mistakes if any and give Suggestions

experiments with ways of transmiting speech over long distance.Then he worked with Thomas Watson - his assistant In 1876 they introduced the telephone Successfully ,in 1877 the first telephone was incommercial use.

VI. Homework: 1. Copy down their writings .

2. Do the exercises in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson .

5.Production -. Copy down their writings .

-Do the exercises in workbook .

- Prepare the next lesson .

Kiểm tra ngày tháng

Week: 4 Period: 10

năm 2019

UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS Lesson 4: Write

Preparation date: 3/9/2019 Teaching date : /9/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to write a telephone message 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more activities in the past of great-grandparents 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up : I.Warm up :

Jumbled words: - Writes the words whose letters are in a random order on the board.

- Ask Ss to work in groups , go to the board and write the correct words; 1. mcuesto 2. ayddmi 3. essgmea 4. nifurretu 5. rvseiceI 2. Pre - writing : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *. Pre – teach vocabulary : * Checking vocabulary : Rub out and remember 3. While - writing : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Reading and gap filling - Ask Ss to read the message and fill in the gaps in the message .

- Ask them to work in pairs - Call on some Ss to read their answers aloud .

Correct and give feed back - Ask Ss to read the passage 2 to get information and write the message .

- Let Ss write individually then share with a partner .

- Call on some Ss to read their answers - Correct and give feedback . b.Write.

- Ask Ss to write another message , using the scene “ Tom phoned Nancy , but she was out . Lisa , Nancy ,s sister took a message for Nancy . Help Lisa to write a message “ - Ask Ss to read the dialogue between Lisa and Tom then , write the message .

- Let Ss work in pairs .

Jumbled words: - Answer keys 1. customer 2. midday 3. message 4. furniture 5. service

II.Vocabulary - a customer = a person who comes to buy something at a shop :khách hàng - a delivery :sự giao hàng - stationery ( papers ,pens , pencils , rulers .. ): đồ dung văn phòng - to pick someone up : đón ai III. . Reading and gap filling Answers : A customer (1) phoned the Thang Loi Delivery Service on (2) May 12 just before midday . She wanted to (3) speak to Mr Ha but he was out .

So Mr Tam (4) took a message for Mr Ha . The customer,s (5) name was Mrs . Lien and she wanted to know about her furniture (6) delivery . She wanted (7) Mr Ha to call her . She said Mr Ha could reach her (8) at 8645141 after lunch

IV.Write * Answers : Thanh Cong Delivery Service Date : June 16 Time : After midday For : Mrs Van Message : Mr Nam called about his stationery order . He wanted you to

4. Post - writing : - Call on some Ss to read their answers aloud - Correct and give feedback * Answers : Date : .....................

Time : .....................

For : Nancy Message : Tom called about playing tennis this afternoon.

He will come over to pick you up at 1.30 Taken by : Lisa 5.Production 1. Copy the message on their notebooks .

Do the exercises in workbook .

Prepare the next lesson .

Week: 4 Period:11

call him at 8634082 Taken by : Mr Toan IV.Write –it-up: * Answers : Date : (Ss’ answer) .....................

Time : (Ss’ answer) .....................

For : Nancy Message : Tom called about playing tennis this afternoon.

He will come over to pick you up at 1.30 Taken by : Lisa Homework: 1. Copy the message on their notebooks .

2. Do the exercises in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson .

UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS Lesson 5:Language focus + Test 15’ No1

Preparation date: 5/9/2019 Teaching date : /9/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to talk about intentions with be going to ,know how to use Adverbs of place .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more lesson 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content

1.Warm up: I.Warm up: Jumbled words Jumbled words - T hangs a poster of the words with disordered letters on the board an tells a. tdeousi = outside the Ss that they’re adverbs of place. b. siiden = inside - T asks Ss to go to the board and write c. hetre = there the meaningful words. d. erhe = here - Ss work individually (one student one word) - T makes sure Ss know the meanings of these adverbs.

- T explains some words 2.Presentation -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a.Talk about intentions with going to : Introduce the form and use of going to -8 Form : S + be going to + infinitive -9 Use : express an intention b. Adverbs of place : - Ask Ss to go to the board and write the meanings words .

Outside,inside,there,here,upstairs,…

- Call on some Ss to read all the adverbs aloud

e. stupairs f. wonstairds

= upstairs = downstairs

II.Near future: - Form : S + be going to + infinitive - Use : express an intention III.: Answer.Ex 1 P25 a. They are going fishing b. She is going to read the new model c. She is going to do her homework . d. He is going to watch an action movie on TV tonight . e. She is going to give him a birthday

3.Practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a .Ex 1 P 25: -10 Ask Ss to do exercise 1 . They have to work with a partner and say what the people are going to do - Example : T : Nga has a movie ticket . What is she

present

going to do ?

S : She is going to see a movie .

- Call on some pairs to read their sentences aloud .

- Correct and give feedback : b.Ex 2p 25 Complete the list ( Questionnaire ) a) Ask Ss to work in pairs - Call on some pairs to demonstrate in front of class .

- Listen and give feedback . b) Get Ss to work in pairs - Have some pairs demonstrate in front of class .

- Give feedback .

4.Furtherpractice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a.Ex 3 p 26 Complete the speech bubbles . Use each adverb in the box once .

- Set the scene : “ Ba is playing hide and seek with his cousin , Mr Tuan “ - Let Ss work in pairs , then compare with another pair ( at their table ) - Call on some Ss to read out the speech bubbles - Give feedback - Call on some Ss to read the complete sentences 5.Production -Copy the complete exercises in their notebooks .

-Write six sentences about your house , using adverbs of place .

- Prepare unit 3 lesson 1: Getting started+listen and read

IVAnswer Ex 2p 25 : (Ss’answer)

IV.Answer Ex 3 p 26: a. Where is Tuan ? I think he is upstairs b. No , he is not here . c. He is not downstairs and he is not upstairs . d. Perhaps , he is outside . e. No , he is not there . f. I am not outside . I am inside , Ba.

V.Homework : 1.Copy the complete exercises in their notebooks .

2. Write six sentences about your house , using adverbs of place .

3. Prepare unit 3 lesson 1: Getting started+listen and read

Hung Cuong Secondary School Class: ………

Student’s name : ……………………..

KIỂM TRA 15 PHÚT SỐ 1 - NĂM HỌC 2019-2019 Môn: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8 Thời gian làm bài: 15 phút Marks

Teacher’s Opinion

1.Find the mistakes in these sentences(7pts) 1. It is not safe leaving small objects around the house.

A B C D 2. I think she oughts to get up earlier.

A B C D 3.He didn’t get the job because he wasn’t enough experienced.

A B C D 4.Each of the rooms have a color television.

A B C D 5. Would you like visiting my hometown at Chritmas ?

A B C D 6. She passed all her exams easyly.

A B C D 7. I am use my father’s bike tonight.

A B C D 2. Circle the best sentence from the given cues ( 3pts ) 8. She is intelligent . She can solve this problem A. She is intelligent enough solve this problem B. She is intelligent enough to solve this problem C. She is intelligent enough solving this problem D. She is enough intelligent to solve this problem 9. Which is true ?

A. Romeo and Juliet killed themselves B. Romeo and Juliet killed themself C. Romeo and Juliet killed ourselves D. Romeo and Juliet killed ourself 10. Which is true ?

A. Why we should help poor people ?

B. Why should we help poor people ?

C. Why should we ought to help poor people ?

D. Why we should to help poor people ?

----------THE END---------

KEY: Sentence 1 2 3 4 5

Week: 4 Period: 12

Key B B D C B

Sentence 6 7 8 9 10

UNIT 3: AT HOME Lesson 1 : Getting started + Listen and Read

Key D B B A B

Preparation date: 10/9/2019 Teaching date : 18/9/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to understand the dialogue ,use modal verbs to talk about the housework .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1. Warm up: I. Warm up: Noughts and Crosses: Noughts and Crosses: Clean

Cook

Wash

Clean

Cook

Wash

Tidy Iron Sew Go Feed water shopping - Ss divide into 2 groups Group 1: 0 Group 2: X Each group gives 3 verbs correct -try.

That group is the winner 2.Pre-reading: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Introduce the topic of the passage and some new words a. Pre- teach Vocabulary : * Checking techniques : What and where -> Use the picture cues drill : a. do the washing up b. make the bed c. sweep the floor d. cook dinner e. tidy my room f. feed the chickens b.Set the scene of the dialogue between Nam and his mother , Mrs Vui .

Tidy Go shopping

Iron Feed

Sew water

II.Vocabulary: - a steamer:nồi hấp,nồi đun hơi - a cup board :chạn - a sauce pan :cái chảo - chore :công việc nhà - a sink :bồn rửa bát,đĩa

III.Presentation: Model : What do you have to do ?

I must do the washing up -> Form : Has / Have to + Infinitive = Must + Infinitive III.Practice: The chores you often do at home: Eg:I has to a. do the washing up b. make the bed c. sweep the floor d. cook dinner

3. While-reading -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country -Ask Ss to read:listen and read p 27,28 - Ask Ss to complete the list of the

IV.Listen and read p27,28 -> Nam has to : - cook dinner - go to the market to buy fish and vegetables.

- call his Aunt , Ms Chi and ask her to

things Nam has to do .

- Turn on the tape and ask Ss to look at their books and read their complete sentences : - Call on some Ss to practice in front of class * Have Ss to practice the dialogue in pairs .

4.Post-reading: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to write the lists of the things they have to do on Sundays .

Beginning with : On Sunday morning , I have to tidy my room .............

- Call on some Ss to read their writings in front of class.

- Correct mistakes if any and ask them to copy .

5.Production -Learn by heart all new words they have learnt .

-Do their exercises in workbook .

- Prepare the next lesson

meet his mother at grandma,s house

V.Writing: Beginning with : On Sunday morning , I have to tidy my room .............

VI.Homework 1. Learn by heart all new words they have learnt .

2. Do their exercises in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson

-------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………..

Week: 5 Period: 13

UNIT 3: AT HOME Lesson 2 : Speak

Preparation date: 10/9/2019 Teaching date : /9/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able touse the prepositions of places ,talk about the positions of things in the house .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing

3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities 1.Warm up Networks: Home

Content I. Warm up Networks: Home

- Divides Ss into groups then asks them go to the board and write the words relating to the kitchen and prepositions of place

- Answer keys: * the kitchen’s things; a cupboard a cooker, a fridge, a stove, etc * Prepositions of place; in front of, in, on, next to, under, behind, above

2. Pre - Speaking : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss the positions of the items in the pictures .

Where is the clock ?

It is above the fridge . Where is the fruit ?

It is in the bowl .

Where is the flowers ? They are on the table .

Where is the rice cooker ? It is next to the bowl of fruit .

Where is the cupboard ? It is on the wall , above the counter .

Where are the knives ? They are on the

II.Revision: the positions: Above In On next to between under behind beside to the left to the right …………

wall , under the cupboard .

Where is the dish rack ? It is on the counter , next to the bowl of fruit .

- Call on some pairs to practice asking and answering the questions .

3. While - speaking -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Get Ss to work in pairs , talking about the position of each item Ex : The calendar is on the wall , above the stove . - Call on some pairs to demonstrate in front of class.

- Give feedback : - Ask them to read all the suggested sentences aloud .

4. Post - speaking : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Set the scene : Mrs Vui bought new furniture for her living room , but she can not decide where to put it . You should help her to arrange the furniture” - Ask Ss to look at the picture and talk about their ideas .

Ask Ss to practice speaking : - Call on some pairs to practice speaking 5.Production Describe their living room or bedroom .

Do exercise in workbook .

Prepare the next lesson

Week: 6 Period:14

III.Speak: + The sink is next to the stove . + The cupboard is on the wall , above the counter . + The knives are on the wall , under the cupboard . + The bowl of fruit is between the rice cooker and the dish rack . + The clock is on the wall , above the fridge . + The flowers are on the table IV.Discuss: - arrange the furniture - If they agree , they may use : Ok /You are right - If they disagree , they may use : No , I think we ,d better / ought to put ...

-I think it should be ...

Example : - Let us put the clock on the wall , between the shelf and the picture .

- OK . I think we ought to put the TV and the stereo on the shelf …..

V .Homework : 1. Describe their living room or bedroom 2. Do exercise in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson

UNIT 3 AT HOME Lesson 3 : Listen

Preparation date: 17/9/2019 Teaching date : 24 /9/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to identify the right item by listening 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up I. Warm up; Chatting

Chatting

- Do you often cook the meal?

- Do you often cook the meal?

- Do you like cooking?

- Do you like cooking?

- Have you ever eaten “The fried rice”?

- Have you ever eaten “The fried

- Do you know how to cook it?

rice”?

- What do we need to make “the fried

- Do you know how to cook it?

rice”? rice, garlic, onions, eggs, peas,

- What do we need to make “the fried

2. Pre - listening : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country

rice”? rice, garlic, onions, eggs, peas,

* Predictions : - Get Ss to look at page 30 and guess 4 things they use to cook the Special Chinese Fried Rice “ - Call on Ss to read their predictions and write them on the board .

II.Predictions : a. Fired Rice b. Pan c. Garlic and green peppers d. Ham and peas

Week: 6 Period: 15

UNIT 3 AT HOME Lesson 4 : Read

3.While - listening : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Turn on the tape 3 times and ask them to check their predictions .

- Give feedback a. Fired Rice b. Pan c. Garlic and green peppers d. Ham and peas .

- Turn on the tape once more to check the answers again .

4.Post - listening : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Mapped dialogue - Ask Ss to play the roles of Lan and Mrs Tu to make a dialogue by listening the tape again Call on some pairs to practice the dialogue in front of class .

- Correct pronunciations if any .

5.Production - Copy down the dialogue in their notebooks .

-Do exercise ......... in workbook .

- Prepare the next lesson .

Preparation date: 19/9/2019 Teaching date : 26 /9/2019

III. listening *Answer: a. Fired Rice b. Pan c. Garlic and green peppers d. Ham and peas

IV.Mapped dialogue(tape p35T’book) Lan : Can I help ... you cook....dinner.................., Mom ?

Mrs Tu : Sure you can cook .the “Special ...Chinese ...Fried......Rice”for me..................

Use the big pan please .

Lan : ..Ok How much oil do I put in?

Mrs Tu : Just a little . Wait until it is hot and then fry the garlic and the green peppers .

Lan : .Do I put the ham and the peas in now?......

Mrs Tu : Yes . And you can put the rice and s teaspoon of salt in Lan : YUmmy ! It smells ..delicious...............

V / Homework : 1. Copy down the dialogue in their notebooks .

2. Do exercise ......... in workbook .

3 Prepare the next lesson . .

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to understand the safety precautions in the house ,use Why- because 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up I. Warm up: * Brainstorming: Ask Ss to give * Brainstorming Ask Ss to give dangerous things at home. dangerous things at home.

- Is “fire” dangerous for children? Yes - Is “fire” dangerous for children? Yes - What can be dangerous to small children in the house?

Dangerous things at home for children

- What can be dangerous to small children in the house?

Dangerous things at home for children

- Answer keys: boiling water, bead , fire, lectricity, scissor, metal things, knife, drug / medicine, gas, match 2. Pre – reading : Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words to Ss -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country II.Vocabulary:

a. Pre – teach vocabulary : * Checking : Slap the board

-a precaution:sự phòng ngừa -a socket:ổ cắm điện -a match:que diêm -an object:đồ vật -safety:sự an toàn -to destroy:phá huỷ -to injure:làm bị thương/chấn thương -to cause a fire:gây ra hoả hoạn -to kill:giết người -to include:gồm -to cover:bọc ,đậy III. True / false statements predictions: b. True / false statements predictions - Ask Ss to read the statements and guess a.It ís safe to leave medicine around which is true the house.F b.Drugs can look like candy.T which is false . c.A kitchen is a suitable place to play.F - Call on Ss to read their predictions and d .Playing with one match cannot start write them on the board . a fire .F e.Putting a knife into an electrical socket is dangerous .T f.Your children do not understand that many household objects are dangerous 3. While – reading .T -TM: Play game, practising, discussion IV.Read: Correct the statements which are false group, technical present…. : -C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a.It is safe to keep medicine in the a. Reading the text : p31 locked cupboards - Turn on the tape , Ss look at poster to c.A kitchen is a dangerous place to play. check their prediction.

- Have them correct the statements which d.Playing with one match can cause a are false fire.

- Call on some Ss to read the text aloud ( 2 Ss ) b. Comprehension questions :p32 - Ask Ss to work in pairs to find out the V.Answer the questions:P 32 answers of these questions .

Key: - Call on some pairs to practice asking a. Because children often try to eat and and answering the questions . drink them - Give feedback b Because the kitchen is a dangerous a.Why must we put all chemicals and place to place drugs in locked cupboards ? c. Because playing with one match b.Why mustn’t we let children play in the can cause fire d. Because children kitchen? often try to put something into

c.Why mustn’t children play with matches? d.Why must we cover electricals sockets? e.Why do we have to put all dangerous objects out of children’s reach?.

4 Post – Reading : Discussion - Ask Ss to work in groups , discussing about the topic .

1. Safety precautions in the street .

2. Safety precautions at school .

5.Production - Copy down the answers above .

- Do the exercises in workbook .

- Prepare the next lesson

Week: 6 Period: 16

UNIT 3 AT HOME Lesson 5 : Write

electrical sockets and electricity can kill . e. Because the dangerous objects can injure or kill children .

VI. Homework : 1. Copy down the answers above .

2. Do the exercises in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson

Preparation date: 21/9/2019 Teaching date : 28/9/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to write a description of a room in their house .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1. Warm up: I. Warm up: - Which room is this?

- Which room is this?

- What’s this?

- Where is it? drug

- What’s this?

- Where is it? drug

electricity

Danger in the home for children boiling water

Danger in the home for children knife

fire

electricity

gas

2.Pre - writing -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Introduce the aims and some new words to Ss : a. Pre- teach vocabulary : * Checking : Rub out and remember

b. Reading - Ask Ss to read the description of Hoa,sroom , then ask some comprehension questions a. What is there on the left of the room ? b. Where is the bookshelf ? c. What is there on the right side of the room ? d. Where is the wardrobe ?

- Call on some pairs to practice in front of class .

- Correct and give feedback : - Call on some Ss to read the descriptions of Hoa,s room aloud .

3. While - writing -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to describe Hoa,s kitchen , using the given cues .

- Ask Ss to share with their partners .

- Call on some Ss to demonstrate their writings in front of class .

- Correct the mistakes from some descriptions if any .

boiling water

knife fire

gas

II. Vopcabulary: - folder :bìa cứng,dụng cụ kẹp giấy - beneath (prep):bên dưới - dish rack:giá treo bát đĩa - lighting fixture : đèn chùm treo -Towel rack:giá treo khăn III Read *Answer: a. There is a desk on the left of the room . b. The bookshelf is above the desk . c. There is a window on the right side of the room . d. The wardrobe is beside the window and opposite the desk

IV.Writing: This is Hoa,s kitchen .

There is a refrigerator in the right corner of the room .

Next to the refrigerator are the stove and the oven On the other side of the oven , there is a sink and next to the sink is a towel rack .

The disk rack stands on the counter , on the right of the window and beneath the selves .

- Give feedback - Call on some Ss to read the completed descriptions aloud .

4. Post- writing : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Speaking - Ask Ss to talk to their partners about their room / living room / kitchen .

- Call on some Ss to demonstrate their speeches in front of class .

On the selves and on the counter beneath the window, there are jars of sugar , flour and tea .

In the middle of the kitchen , there are a table and four chairs .

The lighting fixture is above the table , and directly beneath the lighting fixture is a vase with flowers .

V. Discussion: Eg:In my kitchen, There is a refrigerator in the right corner of the room . …

5.Production 1. Write a description of their living room .

VI.Homework 2. Do exercises( ......)in workbook .

1. Write a description of their living 3. Prepare the next lesson . room .

2. Do exercises( ......)in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson .

Week: 7 Period: 17

UNIT 3 AT HOME Lesson 6 : Language focus

Preparation date:24/9/2019 Teaching date : 1/10/2019

I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to use the Reflexive Pronouns , modal verbs

to talk about the house work , know how to use Why - Because .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up* Pelmanism

I

you

we

he

she

they

I.Warm up * Pelmanism

I with myself You ......... yourself / self self self selves selves yourselves He ...........himself 2.Presentation She ..........herself -TM: Play game, practising, discussion We .........ourselves group, technical present….

They ...... themselves -C: Co-operation, communication,…

It ............. itself -Q: Love family, friends and country my

him

itself

your

our

them

a.Reflexive pronouns II.Reflexive pronouns - Set the scene “ You do your homework and no one helps you . What do you say ? “ - > Form : We use : I do my homework myself .

I with myself -> Explain the reflexive Pronouns You ......... yourself / - Emphasis pronouns : Used to emphasize a yourselves person or a thing .

He ...........himself Eg : She cut herself .

She ..........herself John saw himself in the mirror .

We .........ourselves b. Modal verbs They ...... themselves - Set the scene : “ Hoa is very sad because It ............. itself she failed her English test . What do you III Modal verbs: say to advise her ? “ - Should +Infinitive - “ You should study harder “ Ought to + Infinitive -You ought to study harder - Must or Have to +Infinitive -I must / have to tidy my room.

-Another word for “ should “ : Ought

to - Should +Infinitive Ought to + Infinitive Must or Have to +Infinitive 3.Practice: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a.Ex 1:Complete the dialogue : Lg3 p 36 - Ask Ss to fill in the blanks with suitable reflexive pronouns or emphasis pronouns .

- Call on some pairs to practice speaking .

- Give feedback : 1. ourselves 2. myself 3.yourself 4. himself 5. herself 6. themselves 7. yourself .

- Ask them to practice the complete dialogue b. Ex 2: Ask Ss to give advice to people in the pictures ( Lg 2 p35) - Call on some pairs to practice in front of class .

- Give feedback : a. I failed my English test .

->You ought to study harder b.I’m late c.I’m fat. d.My tooth aches. * Checking : Noughts and crosses : His tooth / ache Hoa / late My room / untidy The floor / dirty Bao / overweight She / thin My English / bad Hergrades / bad The washing machine / not work Using “ Should “ to play game .

4.Further practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country c .Ex 3 (lg1): Look at the pictures .

Complete the dialogue , Use Must or Have

IV.Ex 1:Complete the dialogue : Lg 3 p 36 Answer: 1. ourselves 2. myself 3.yourself 4. himself 5. herself 6. themselves 7. yourself

V. Ex 2 : Ask Ss to give advice to people in the pictures ( Lg 2 p35) .b-> You ought to get up earlier . c. ->You ought to eat more fruit and vegetables . d. ->You ought to see a dentist

VI.Ex 3 (lg1) Answer:We can use 2 ways: must/have to 1. must / have to tidy 2. have to / must dust 3. must / have to sweep 4. must / have to clean 5. have to / must empty 6. must / have to feed

to and the verbs in the box : - Ask Ss to work in pairs to practice the dialogue - Call on some pairs to demonstrate in front of class.

- Give feedback 5.Production 1. Do exercise 4 ( language focus 4 ) 2. Copy all the exercises above .

3. Prepare consolidation

VII. Homework : Do exercise 4 ( language focus 4 ) Copy all the exercises above .

Prepare consolidation

Week: 7 Revision Preparation date: 26/9/2019 Period: 18 Teaching date : 3/10 /2019 I.OBJECTIVES: 1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to consolidate all structure grammar from unit 1 to unit 3 ,They can to do all exercises in work book.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II. PREPARTION: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III. PROCEDURES: Teacher’s and students’ activities 1. Warm up: Bingo -Ask SS to write 5 things in their house. and then listen carefully .If they have the same things, they cross them out . The first person crossing out all 5 things wins the game.

Content I. Warm up: Bingo - SS write 5 things in their house. and then listen carefully, cross them out. * Say bingo.

- dish rack: - lighting fixture : -Towel rack: -washing machine

-refrigerator II. Grammar: 1.Modal verbs Modal verbs are: Can must, should, could,…

Structure:

2.Presentation.

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Activities 1; S + modal + V(bare infinitive) - Vocabulary: - Prepositions *negative form: add NOT after modal.

- Adverbs of place *interrogative form: put Modal before the - Things in the kitchen; living room sentence.

- Reflexive pronouns 2. Wh – question: WHY Activities 2; * to ask about the reason Grammar: * The answer usually begins with - Adj + Enough to infinitive BECAUSE - Ought to / have to/ must + V 3. Reflexive pronouns - Why / Because * define the subject - Simple present( Past) tense/ Simple future Subject Reflexive pronoun tense/ near future I myself We ourselves You yourself/ yourselves They themselves He himself She herself It itself 4. Enough Structure: S + be (not) + adj + enough + to infinitive (S + V + enough + N+ to infinitive)

3.Practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Ex 1 : Choose the best answer to complete the sentences: 1.He’s tall and thin. He has _______ A. black hair short B. short black hair C. hair short black D. black short hair 2.I find he is not communicative. He’s

III.Ex 1 : 1. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.

Answer: 1.B 2.D

rather ___.

A. outgoing B. humorous C. sociable D. reserved 3.Don’t let your little brother play with the ballpoint pen. It can _______him.

A. move B. sweep D. destroy C. injure 4.The lighting fixture is ______ the dinner table.

A. above B. on C. beneath D. under 5.He’ll _______cook meals himself.

A. can B. must C. have to D. ought to 6.Deaf-mutes can _____speak _____hear.

A. both – and B. either – or C. neither – nor D. not only – but also 7.Our son is old enough to look after ____.

A. himself B. herself C. myself D. ourselves 8.Don’t come in. Please wait _______for your turn.

A. inside B. outside C. upstairs D. downstairs 9.Alexander Graham Bell was born _____ March, 3, 1847.

A. at B. in C. on D. from 10.Would you like to go to the concert with me tonight? - _____.

A. Yes, please B. No, thank C. I’m sorry. I’d love to D. Yes. I’d love to b. Rewrite each sentence keeping the same meaing: 1. Your little brother can’t study in this school because he is still young.

-Your little brother isn’t________________ 2. Her hair is short, curly and blonde.

She has____________________________ 3. Driving too fast is very dangerous.

-It ________________________________

3.C 4.A 5.C 6.C 7.A 8.B 9.C 10.D

IV. Rewrite each sentence keeping the same meaing: 1-> Your little brother isn’t _old enough to stdy in this school_______________

2-.>She has_short curly and blonde hair

4. Do you plan to invite her to your 3-> It __is dangerous to drive too fast_ birthday party ?

Is_____________________________? 4-> Is she invited to your birthday party?

Ask Ss to do exercise.They have to work with a partner and say what the people are going to do - Ask Ss to go to the board to do exercises.

4.Further practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Look at the piture and describe the bedroom with the things below 0. This is my Lan’s bedroom 1. There / a desk / the left / the room 2. There / a chair / the desk 3. The bed / the middle / the room 4. On the right side / the room there / a window 5. The clock / the wall, / the bed 6. The bookshelf / the wall, /the desk 7. The wardrobe / the desk 8. The cushion / the bed 5.Production .Copy the complete exercises in their notebooks . . Write six sentences about your house , using adverbs of place . . Prepare the test 45’.

V. Look at the piture and describe the bedroom with the things below: 1.There is a desk on the left of the room 2.There is a chair under the desk 3.The bed in the middle of the room 4.On the right side in the room there is a window 5.The clock is on the wall above the bed 6.The bookshelf is on the wall, above the desk 7.The wardrobe isopposite the desk 8.The cushion is on the bed VI.Homework 1.Copy the complete exercises in their notebooks .

2. Write six sentences about your house , using adverbs of place .

3. Prepare the test 45’.

-------------------------------o0o-----------------------------week:7 Preparing date: 28/9/18 Period:19 Teaching date: 5/10/18 written test N01 I. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: - By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to check themselves and do the tests better 2. Skills: Listening, speaking, reading, writing

3. Attitude: - Students should revise the old lessons 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, capacity to use language - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: sensitive and responsible II. PREPARATIONS: 1.Teacher: copied papers, laptop 2.Students: pens III. MATRIX: Topics/ language & skills

IListening Topic 1-3 (20 %)

Knowledge Objective 1.Listen to the coversation carefully then decide whether the following sentences are T/F 4 items 1 point

IIGrammar and Vocab Topic 1-3 (30 %)

IIIReading Topic 1-3 ( 20%)

Comprehension Subjec tive

Objective

Subjective

2. Listen to the conversation again then choose the best answer(1pt)

Application Low

Total

High

8 items 2 points 20 %

4 items 1 point

1.Circle the odd one out 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences 12 items 3 points

12 items 3points 30%

1.Read the passage, then check true (T) or False (F) 4 items 1 point

2. Choose correct answer A, B, C, or D to complete the passage 4 items 1 point

8 items 2 points 20%

IVWriting Topic 1-3 (30 %)

Total

16 items 4.0 points 40%

12 items 3.0 points 30%

2. Use the 1.Choose cues to the best write the sentence which is the description of this same room meaning in the first 5 items sentence 2points 4 items 1 point 9 items 3.0 points 30%

9 items 3 points 30%

37 items 10 points 100%

IV. TEST PART I : LISTEN 1.Listen to the conversation carefully then decide whether the following sentences are true or false.(1 pt) 1. Mrs Vui is going to be home late.

2. She doesn’t have to go and visit Grandma after work.

3. Nam has to cook dinner for himself.

4. He gives her love to Grandma.

2. Listen to the conversation again then choose the best answer(1pt) 5.What time will Mrs Vui be home?

A. after breakfast B. after dinner C. after lunch 6. What is in the cupboard?

A. rice B.meat C.bread 7. What does Nam have to buy in the market?

A. fish and vegetables B. meat and vegetables C. vegetables and salt 8. where is the rice cooker?

A. It’s under the stove.

B. It’s beside the stove.

C. It’s in the stove.

PART II: GRAMMAR AND VOCAB 1.Circle the odd one out(1pt) 9. a. tall b. slim c. short d.blond 10. a. rise b. set c. move d. planet 11. a. sun b. earth c. west d. moon 12. a. character b. humorous c. generous d. sociable 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences (2pts).

13. She usually …………………………… up very early.

A. gets B. getting C. got D. to get 14. My mother …………………………go to work ar 6.30 because her office is far from home.

A. should to B. must C. ought D. need 15. You must not let children play in the kitchen because it a … place to play.

A. suitable B. beautiful C. dangerous D. safe 16. Lan isn’t downstairs. She’s …. .

A. upstairs B. insides C. outsides D. beside 17. We are going ………………………… the movie Dream City tomorrow morning.

A. see B. to see C. to seeing D. sees 18. Nien wasn’t …………………………… enough to be in Hoa’s class.

A. enough old B. enough age C. age enough D. old enough 19. My parents will be home late this evening. I’ll have to cook dinner … .

A. meself B. myshelf C. myself D. meshelf 20. Her brother………………………born in Hanoi in 1992 A. is B. was C. are D. were PART IV: READ 1. Read the passage, then check true (T) or False (F).(1pt) Nam has a lot of friends. Of all his friends, Hoang and Thanh are the ones he spent most of his time with. They are in the same class. Hoang is tall and thin. He has short curly hair. He is very humorous and sociable. He enjoys telling jokes. He always makes his friends happy. Unlike Hoang, Thanh is short and fat. He is quite reserved in the public. All of them have different characters but they enjoy school and they are hard-working students.

21. Nam has more than two friends.

22. He doesn’t want to spend time with Thanh.

23. Hoang is a humorous boy.

24. Thanh talks too much in the public.

2. Choose correct answer A, B, C, or D to complete the passage ( 1pt) I am lucky enough (25) ……….… a lot of friends. Of all my friends, Bao, Khai and Song are the ones I spend most of my time with. Each of us, however, has a different character.

Bao is the most sociable. He is also extremely (26) …………… and generous. He spends his free time (27) ……….. volunteer work at a local (28) …… , and he is a hard – working student who always gets good grade.

Unlike Bao, Khai and Song are quite reserved in public. Both boys enjoy school, but they prefer outside the classroom. Song is our school’s star soccer player, and Khai likes the peace and quiet of the local library.

25.A. to having B. to have C. have D. having 26.A. kind B. kindly C. kindily D. kindness 27.A. to do B. do C. to doing D. doing 28.A. library B. orphan C. orphanage D. hospital PART IV: WRITE

1.Choose the best sentence which is the same meaning in the first sentence(Chọn đáp án đúng cho câu viết có cùng nghĩa câu đã cho.)(1pt) 29.Shall we go to the cinema at 7.00?

A. Which cinema shall we go to at 7.00?

B. Why do we have to go to the cinema at 700?

C. Let’s go to the cinema at 7.00.

D. I don’t like to go to the cinema at 7.00.

30. Mike painted the house without any help.

A. Mike painted the house and helped some.

B. Mike painted the house himself.

C. Mike didn’t paint the house alone.

D. Someone helped Mike paint the house.

31.The coffee is very weak. It didn’t keep us awake.

A. The coffee is not strong enough to keep us awake.

B. The coffee is too strong to keep us awake.

C. The coffee is weak enough to keep us awake.

D. The coffee is not weak enough to keep us awake.

32. It is important for you to find the book.

A. You mustn’t find the book.

B. You ought to not to find the book.

C. You can find the book if you want.

D. You have to find the book.

2. Use the cues to write the description of this room : Dùng từ gợi ý để mô tả căn phòng (2,0 pts ) → This is my living room.

0.

This / my living room.

1. In the middle of the room./ table → ….……………………………………………………………..

2. Around / table / there / couch / two armchairs → ….……………………………………………………………..

3. There / television / desk → ……….……………………….……………………………....

4. Above / desk / clock → ……….…………………………..…………………………...

5. bookshelf / on the right / room. → ….…………………………………………………………...

Sente 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Key

Sente 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Key

V. KEY: 1. 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence

Key

Sentence

Key

1 T 17 B 2 F 18 D 3 T 19 C 4 T 20 B 5 B 21 T 6 A 22 F 7 A 23 T 8 B 24 F 9 D 25 B 10 D 26 A 11 C 27 D 12 A 28 C 13 A 29 C 14 B 30 B 15 C 31 A 16 A 32 D WRITE:Write at least 5 sentences about yourself: 0.4 p for each correct sentences Tùy vào câu trả lời của học sinh mà giáo viên quyết định cho điểm.

This is Nam’s bed room. There is a desk on the right of the room.There is a bookshelf on the wall above the desk. Beside the window and opposite the desk is a wardrope. The bed is between the desk and the wardrope.

(Tape: Unit 3 –Listen and read) (Mã đề 2 – đảo xáo trộn các câu) *. PRODUCTION: - Ask Sts to do the exercises in the exercise book.

- Prepare for the next period.

---------------------- o0o --------------------UNIT 4: OUR PAST Preparation date: 1/ 10/2019 Lesson 1 : Getting started+Listen and read Teaching date : 8/10/2019

Week: 8 Period: 20 I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to tell the activities people used to do in the past .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more activities in the past of great-grandparents 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Activities Content * Answers : 1.warm- up : (5’) Getting started - Ask Ss to look at the picture and write - The TV,The radio,The mobile ,The light the names of the things that do not fixture ,Modern clothing / school uniforms belong to the past T&Ss correct * Answers : T gives ss’ marks - The TV,The radio,The mobile ,The light fixture ,Modern clothing / school uniforms T&Ss correct T gives ss’ marks 2 Pre - reading :(11’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country

1. Pre- teach vocabulary (5’) What and where * Checking :

2. T / F statements prediction (6’) - Ask Ss to read the statements and predict they are true or false .

1. Nga is used to live on farm F 2. Nga ,s grandma did not go to school .T 3. She has an easy and happy life when she was young .F 4. There was not any modern equipment at her time .T 5. “ The lost shoe “ is a short story. F - Call on Ss to read their predictions and write them on the board .

3. While - reading : (20’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *(5’)Read : - Turn on the tape 2 times and look at their books to read the dialogue between Nga and her Grandma to check their predictions - Ask them to correct the false statements . . * (10’) Comprehension questions:P 39: - Get Ss to work in pairs , asking and answering questions - Give feedback a.Where did Nga ‘s grandmother use to live?

B Why didn’t she go to school? c.What did Nga’great-grandmother use to do d.What did Nga’s greatgrandmother and great grandfather do after dinner? e. What did Nga ask her grandmother todoat the end of the conversation?

- Ask Ss to practice asking and

I.Vocabulary:.

- to look after = to take care of - Equipment (n) - example - a folk tale : Tam Cam is a folk tale - Traditional ( adj ) :chuyện dân gian - a great grandma (n):bà cố(nội, ngoại II. T / F statements prediction Answer: 1.F 2.T 3.F 4.T 5.F

III. reading: *1.Read: “listen and read P38,39” to correct the false statements: 1. Grandma used to love on farm 3. She had a hard life .

5. It is an old folk tale

*2.Answer the questions : a. She used to live on a farm . b. Because she had to stay at home and help her Mom to look after her younger brothers and sisters . c. She used to cook the meals , clean the house and wash the clothes . d. Her great grandma used to lit the lamp and her great father used to tell stories . e. She asked her grandma to tell her the tale “ The lost shoe “

answering the questions . *(5’) Fact or opinion - Have Ss read the statements part 3 and decide which is a fact and which is an opinion . a. I used to live on a farm . b. There was not any electricity . c. Mom had to do everything without the help of modern equipment . d. My father used to tell us stories e. The best one was the lost shoe . f. Traditional stories are great .

- Give feedback 4.Post - reading : (7) Survey -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Did you use to ................?

Name Get up late .

- Ride bicycle too fast - Go to school .

- Eat too much candy .

- Forget to do your homework - Give feedback by asking Ss some questions to check “ Who used to get up late / ride bicycle too fast ...? “ - Write it down .

5. Production : (1’) 1. Write the result of their survey .

2. Learn by heart new words .

3. Prepare the new lesson Week: 8 Period:21

*3. Fact or opinion Answer: a.F b.F c.F d.F e.O f.O

IV. Survey “ Who used to get up late / ride bicycle too fast /.

-Go to school ./ -Eat too much candy /.

- Forget to do your homework..? “ Did you use to ................?

Name -Get up late .

Ride bicycle too fast -Go to school .

Eat too much candy .

Forget to do your homework 1. Write the result of their survey .

2. Learn by heart new words .

3. Prepare the new lesson

UNIT 4: OUR PAST Lesson 2 : Speak +Listen

Preparation date: 3/ 10/2019 Teaching date : 10/10/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to use USED TO ,talk about the things they used to do ,understand the main idea of a story by listening 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more traditional stories and folktale 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Activities content 1. Warm up : (5’) Pelmanism -8 Jumbled words-8 run ran fly flew ride rode 1rieletcicty =Electricity eat ate sit sat come came 2- menttaenterin = - Continue until all the cards are finished Entertainment Jumbled words-8 3- rkmaet = Market 1- rieletcicty =Electricity 4- permasuekt = 2- menttaenterin = Entertainment Supermarket 3- rkmaet = Market T&Ss correct .T gives Ss’marks 4- permasuekt = Supermarket T&Ss correct .T gives Ss’marks A.Speaking(20’) 2. Pre - speaking : (8’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country . Pre – teach vocabulary : * Checking : What and where Recall the conversation between Nga and her grandma , then ask “ Where did Nga,s grandma always live ? “ -> She always lived on a farm .

- Ask : “ Another word for always lived “ .

Ask Ss to use Used to to make question and answer. “ Where did Nga ,s grandma use to live ? “ She used to live on a farm .

Expressing a past habit , or an action usually happened in the past .

Practice Word cue drill: a. Live / Hue / Hanoi b. Have / long hairs / short hairs c. Get up / late / early d. Walk to school / bicycle

A.Speaking: I.Vocabulary: 1. Pre – teach vocabulary : - Foolish (a) = ngu ngốc,dại dột - greedy ( a) = tham lam - Gold (n) ( realia ) :vàng - to lay -> laid – laid ( Picture ): đẻ - amazement (n) = ngạc nhiên -shouted excitedly:hét lên sung sướng -to dicover:khám phá 2.Use “Used to “to make question and answer.

Form : S + Used to + inf S + did not use to + inf Did + S + use to + inf ?

II.*Practice speaking: Eg:a.-Last year Hoa lived in Hue.Now She lives in Ho Noi. *Picture 1:small house,people work on paddy field,childrent play at home,stack of traw (đống rơm),trees,old clothes,traditional

e. Study / evening / early morning - Call on some pairs to practice asking and answering the cues above 3. While - speaking : (8’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Get Ss to work in closed pairs , then open pairs .

- Ask them to compare 2 pictures , using “ USED TO “ to talk about the actions in the past , using these ideas below : 1. Where did they live in the past ? And now ?

2. How did they travel ?

3. What is about the electricity ?

4. What is about their life / work ?

5. Did children use to go to school ?

6. What is about their entertainment ?

- Call on some pairs to demonstrate in front of class - Give feedback .

Write it up 4. Post - speaking : (4’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Them to write a complete writing about the difference of the life in the past and now.

- Call on some Ss to demonstrate in front of class .

- Correct common mistakes .

B.Listening (18’) .Pre - listening (2’) Introduce the topic of the listening task Prediction : - Ask Ss to predict the moral lesson of the story .

- Have them look at four titles and guess which is the most suitable to the story .

- Call on some Ss to read their predictions and

hats *Picture 2:big houses and building,car, shop ,TV,traffic lights,modeln fashion clothing,motorbike,Ss go to school

* Suggested answers : 1. People used to live in small houses . Now they live in big houses and buildings.

2. People used to walk . Now they can go by cars or motorbikes .

3. Now , there is electricity everywhere .

4. People used to work hard all the time . Now they have a lot of time for entertainment .

5. Most children used to stay at home . Now , they all go to school 6. Children used to play traditional games such as hide and seek , skip rope ... outdoors . Now , they have a lot of modern games – video games III. Write it up: Eg:Last year I used to get up late.now Iget up early and do morning excercises

B.Listening: 1. Prediction

write them on the board .

While - listening : (10’) 2.Listen; 1.- Turn on the tape twice and ask them to check 3. Find out the verbs in the story their predictions . key: - Call on some Ss to read their results and give went / discovered / laid / feed back : “ Don,t be foolish and greedy “ shouted / finished / could not / - Turn on the tape once more to check their results were / ran / looked / again . wanted / decided . a. Find out the verbs in the story : - Ask Ss what tense is used in the story ( Simple past tense ) - Have Ss listen again and try to write as many verbs as possible . The student who writes more verbs get good marks .

- Call on some Ss to read the verbs aloud .

- Give feedback- Ask Ss to give the infinitives of these verbs.

Post - listening (6’): Mapped dialogue Lan : .............(1)...............lunch ?

Nga : No . I ate noodles .

Lan : How ...........(2)........ school ?

Nga : I rode a bicycle to school .

Lan : Which subject did you have yesterday ?

Nga : ............(3)...... math .

Lan : .............(4)........?

Nga : I was at home .

- Ask them to work in pairs to practice the dialogue .

- Call on some pairs to practice in front of class .

- Correct and give feedback .

5. Production (1’) 1. Write about the things you used to do last year .

Beginning : Last year , I used to get up late . Now , I get up very early and do morning exercises . ... ... “ 2. . Copy the completed dialogue in their notebooks .

3.Do exercise in workbook .

4. Prepare the next lesson

4. Mapped dialogue 1-Did you eat rice for 2-did you get/go to 3-I had 4-Where were you

Homework (1’) 1. Write about the things you used to do last year .

Beginning : Last year , I used to get up late . Now , I get up very early and do morning exercises . ... ... “ 2. . Copy the completed dialogue in their notebooks .

3.Do exercise in workbook .

4. Prepare the next lesson

Week: 8 Period: 22

UNIT 4 OUR PAST Lesson 3 : Read

Preparation date:5/10/2019 Teaching date : 12/10/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to understand and retell the story-The lost shoe .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more traditional stories and folktale 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Activities Content 1 . Warm up (5’) Brainstorming Brainstorming Name some folks tales that you have read .

Name some folks tales that you have - Bạch Tuyêt và 7 chú lùn ( Snow white and read .

7 dwarfs ) - Bạch Tuyêt và 7 chú lùn ( Snow white and 7 dwarfs ) The folk tales The folk tales - cây tre trăm đốt ( one hundred-section bamboo) - đôi hài 7 dặm ( Seven – mile - cây tre trăm đốt ( one hundred-section shoes ) bamboo) - đôi hài 7 dặm ( Seven – - Hoàng tử cóc( The frog Prince) mile shoes ) - Tấm cám - Hoàng tử cóc( The frog Prince) - Tấm cám 2. Pre - reading :(13’) Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words to Ss .

-TM: work in pairs, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Pre – teach vocabulary : (7’) Introduce some new words * Checking vocabulary : R O R

I.Vocabulary: - cruel (a) = độc ác - upset (a) = worried :buồn phiền,thất vọng - fairy (n) = truyện cổ tích

b. T / F statements predictions (6’) -Ask Ss to work in groups to predict Statements Guess Key 1. Little Pea,s father is poor farmer .T 2. Her father got married again after his wife died .T 3. Her new mother was beautiful and nice to her .F 4. She worked hard all day T. 5. She did not have new clothes to take part in the festival . F - Call on some Ss to read their predictions and write them on the board 3. While - reading : (18’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Checking the predictions(5’) - Turn on the tape 2 : times and ask them to look at their text books to check their predictions and correct the false ones . .- Call on 2 Ss to read the story – Correct mistakes if any . b. Comprehension questions P42(8’) - Ask Ss to work in pairs answering the questions - Call on some pairs to practice asking and answering .

- Listen and give feedback - Call on some pairs to practice in front of class.

c. Gap filling (5’): Complete the sentences with words from the story .

- magical (a) -> magically (adv):ki diệu - rag (n) ( realia ):quần áo rách - to fall in love with = yêu,phải lòng ai - immediately (adv ) = ngay lập tức II.. T / F statements predictions Key 1.T 2.T 3.F 4.T 5.F

* Key predictions 3 : Her new mother was cruel to her 5 : A fairy gave her beautiful cloth

III. Answer the questions:P42 :a. She was a poor farmer ,s daughter . b. She made her do the chores all day .c. Before the festival started , a fairy appeared and magically changed her rags into beautiful clothes . d. He decided to marry Little Pea because the shoe fitted her . e. Ss answer themselves IV. Gap filling p 42 a. farmer b. died c. used d. marry / choose e. clothes f. lost

- Ask Ss to work in pairs , filling the blanks with suitable words from the story .

- Call on some Ss to read their complete sentences aloud .

- Give feedback

V.Retell the story (Ss’ story)

4. Post - reading : (7’) -TM: Technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Retell the story - Have Ss work in pairs , telling the story again in details ( They can look at the statements in the gap filling exercise and add more ) - Call on some Ss to retell the story in front of class - Correct mistakes if any 5. Production (1’) 1. Rewrite the story .

Homework (1’) 1. Rewrite the story .

2. Do exercises in workbook .

Week: 9 Period: 23

UNIT 4 OUR PAST Lesson 4: Write

Preparation date: 8/10/2019 Teaching date : 15/10/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to use Simple Past Tense to write a folk tale .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more traditional stories and folktale 4. Competence and quality:

4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Activities 1. Warm up (4’) Chatting - Ask Ss some questions about imaginary stories 1. Do you want to read imaginary stories ?

2. Name some of them 3.Which story do you like best ?

4.Have you ever read the story “ how the tigers got his stripes”?

T&Ss correc 2. Pre - writing :(9’) Introduce the aims of the writing and some new words .

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Pre- teach vocabulary : (5’) * Checking : b.Matching (4’) A B 1. wisdom a. trốn thoát 2. a stripe b. sọc 3. a straw c. gặm cỏ 4. a servant d. trí khôn 5. graze e. rơm rạ 6. escape f . người phuc vụ 1.d 2.b 3.e 4.f 5.c 6.a - Ask Ss to come to the board to match items on the left with those on the right by drawing a line connecting the story .

2.While writing;(21’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

Content Chatting - Ask Ss some questions about imaginary stories 1. Do you want to read imaginary stories ?

2. Name some of them 3.Which story do you like best ?

4.Have you ever read the story “ how the tigers got his stripes”?

T&Ss correct

I.Vocabulary: - wisdom ( n) : trí khôn - a stripe (n) ( realia ):sọc - a straw ( n) ( realia ): rơm rạ - a servant (n) : người phục vụ - to graze ( picture ):gặm cỏ - to escape : trốn thoát - to light – lit – lighted( mime ):chất ,nâng

II.Gap fill :

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Gap fill: (8’) - Ask Ss to read and complete the story .

- Call on Ss to say the meanings of the verbs in the box .

- Have them work in pairs , using suitable verbs to fill in the blanks .

- Call on them to read their answers aloud .

- Give feedback b. Comprehension questions (8’): 1. where was the man ?

2. What did the buffalo do when the tiger appeared ?

3. What did the tiger want to know ?

4. What did he do before going home ?

Why ?

5. What did he do when he returned ?

- Call on some pairs to practice asking and answering the questions above . c. Get Ss to do exercise 2 (6’). ( Ss have to imagine to be a man in order to write the story ) + Notice : Change The man -> I / His -> My - Ask Ss to work individually , then share with their partners and correct mistakes .

- Take some writings to correct in front of the class.

- Give suggested answers :

4. Post - writing : (8’) Telling the story -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Divide the class into 2 teams . Team A plays the role of the tiger . Team B plays the role of the buffalo - Ask them to work in team , telling the story

1. appear 2. as 3. said 4. left 5. went 6. lit 7. burned 8. escaped

III. Answer the questions: 1. He is in his field.

2. When the tiger appeared,the buffalo was grazing 3. The tiger wanted to know why the strong buffalo was the servant & the small man was the master 4. He tied the tiger to a tree with a rope 5. He brought some straw & the fire burned the tiger.

IV.Write: One day I was in the field & my buffalo was grazing nearby ,a tiger came.It asked why the strong buffalo was my servant and why I was its master.I told the tiger that I had somethings called wisdom.The tiger wanted to see it,but I told it I left the wisdom at home that day.Then I tiedthe tiger to a tree with a rope because I didn’t it toeat my buffalo.I went to get some straw that I said it was my wisdom and I burned the tiger.The tiger escaped but today it still has black stripes from the burns.

V. Telling the story

Notice : - Team tiger changes : a / the tiger -> I - Team buffalo changes: a / the buffalo -> I 5.Production: (1’) 1. Write the story again , imagine you are : * The tiger * The buffalo 2. Do exercises in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson

Week: 9 Period: 24

UNIT 4 OUR PAST Lesson 5 : Language focus

Preparation date: 10/10/2019 Teaching date : 17/10/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more their lesson and work hard 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Activities Content 1 . Warm- up : (5’) Matching - Call on some Ss to read aloud each A B 1. In a. January 1.aphrase /d . the uses of some 2. On b. 3 p m 2.-cExplain /e prepositions of time and ask Ss to do 3.At c. Wednesday 3. b / f 4. Between d. November 1997 4.Exercises f nd 5. After / Before e. July 2 5. b T &Ss correct T gives Ss’marks f. 7 a m and 9 am - Call on some Ss to read aloud each phrase .

- Explain the uses of some prepositions of time and ask Ss to do Exercises T &Ss correct

T gives Ss’marks 2.Presentation:(5’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country -Past simple tense -Preposition of time: in,on,at,after,before,between -Use :used to 3. Practice (20’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a.Write the past simple tense of each verbp44 b. Ex 3 / page 44 - Ask Ss to work individually , then compare with their partners .

- Call on some Ss to read their complete sentences aloud .

- Give feedback c. Ex 4 : Complete the dialogue : - Have Ss work in pairs , looking at 4 verbs , using USED TO with the verbs “ Live – Stay – Have – be “ to complete the dialogue between Nga and Hoa .

- Call on some pairs to practice in front of class .

- Give feedback .

4. Further practice (13’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Deliberate mistakes - Read aloud some sentences and ask Ss to listen carefully and try to find out the mistake . When they hear a mistake , they stand up and say No then correct it .

Eg : T : I usually stay at home in Sunday Ss : No , on Sunday , not in Sunday . a. My father used to play football

I/Revision -Past simple tense -Preposition of time: in,on,at,after,before,between -Use :used to

II Ex 1p44 a.run-ran e.have-had b fly-flew f.do-did c.take-took g.be-was/were d..go-went h.ride-rode i.eat-ate j.sit-sat k.come-came III.Ex 3 / page 44 a. on b. in c. between d. at / after e. before IV. Ex 4 : Complete the dialogue 0. used to stay 1. used to have 2. used to be 3. used to live

V.Deliberate mistakes: a.My father used to play football when he has spare time . b.She used live in Ha noi . c.My parents will arrive in 3 o,lock . d. He was born in June the third

when he has spare time . b. She used live in Ha noi . c. My parents will arrive in 3 o,lock . d. He was born in June the third .

5. Production : (1’) 1. Do exercises (1,2) in textbook .

2. Do the exercises in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson .

Homework : (1’) 4. Do exercises (1,2) in textbook .

5. Do the exercises in workbook .

Prepare the next lesson

-------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Preparing date: Teaching date: FEEDBACK ON TEST 45’ I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: After getting back the test papers, students will be able to evaluate their knowledge and have a plan for the next time 2. Skills: To correct Ss’ errors if necessary 3. Attitude: - To give Ss the motivation to learn hard for their exam - Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: test 45’ 2.Students: notebooks III./.PROCEDURE: 1- Warm up - How are you today?

- Are you ready for getting back the test papers?

2- Teacher's idea * Priority: - Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well.

- Ss try their best to get good marks.

- Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request.

- Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about showing.

- Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves.

Week:9 Period:25

- Ss find their mistakes by themselves.

- Ss share and compare with a partners.

-T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test.

-Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did.

-Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board -T: Gives the correct answers.

-Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers Key: 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence

Key

Sentence

Key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

T F T T B A A B D D C A A B C A

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

B D C B T F T F B A D C C B A D

WRITE:Write at least 5 sentences about yourself: 0.4 p for each correct sentences Tùy vào câu trả lời của học sinh mà giáo viên quyết định cho điểm.

(Tape: Unit 3 –Listen and read)

- Spend time with students to ask questions about their tests, their points.

- T asks Ss write key in notebook and correct their mistakes by themselves.

5-Production: - Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson ----------------------@0@-------------------

Week: 10 Period: 26

UNIT 5 STUDY HABITS Lesson 1: Getting started+Listen and read

Preparation date:15/10/2019 Teaching date : 22/10/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to understand the dialogue between Jim and his Mom about his study .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more their subjects and work hard 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures T's and Sts' Activities 1. Checking-up (5’) Net work - Ask Ss to write as many subjects as they can on

Content Net work

the blackboard Possible answers : Chemistry / Physics / maths / geography / literature / history .

- Lead in the new lesson by Chatting T&Ss corect .T gives marks I2/ Pre - reading : (10’) - What subjects are you good at ? / bad at ?

- What subject do you like best ? / Why ?

- How often do you have maths ? / Literature..?

1. Pre- teach vocabulary : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Rub out and remember * Checking :

- Ask Ss to write as many subjects as they can on the blackboard Possible answers : Chemistry / Physics / maths / geography / literature / history .

- Lead in the new lesson by Chatting T&Ss corect .T gives marks

I.Vocabulary.

- a report card ( realia ):Phiếu báo điểm - pronunciation ( mime ): cách phát âm - to improve ( situation ):Trau dồi, cải tiến - to be proud of = tự hào - to try one,s best = cố gắng hết sức II. T / F statements 2. T / F statements predictions P47 predictions p47 - Ask Ss to read the statements and predict they are III.Read true or false .

Answer: 1.Tim was out when his mother called him .F 1.F 2. Tim,s mother met his teacher at school .F 2.F , 3. Tim s report is poor .F 3.F 4. Tim needs to improve his Spanish grammar T 4.T 5. Tim promised to try his best in learning Spanish 5.T .T - Call on some Ss to read their predictions and write them on the board .

3 / While - reading :(20’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *Reading:(10’) - Turn on the tape and ask Ss to look at their books *correct false statements .: , then read the dialogue to check their predictions . 1. Tim was in the living room / - Call on some Ss to read their results . at home - Give feedback : 2. his report is excellent - Ask Ss to 3. He needs to improve his - Call on some pairs to practice the dialogue in Spanish pronunciation .

front of class .

- Listen and correct their pronunciation if any . * Comprehension questions :p47 (10’) - Ask Ss to work in pairs , answering the questions .

- Call on some pairs to practice asking and answering the questions .

- Give feedback .

- Ask them to practice in open pairs .

4/ Post - reading : (8’) Survey - Ask Ss to work in groups by standing to ask each other the question “ What subject do you need to improve ? “ and they have to write the names and the subjects that their friends answer : - Ask Ss who need to improve the same subjects work in group and discuss how to improve .

IV.Answer the questions:p47 a. She is Tim,s teacher . b. She gave Tim,s mother his report card . c. He worked really hard . d. She said Tim should work harder on his Spanish pronunciation . e. She gave him a dictionary V.Survey Name What subject Lan History ………..

5 /Production : (1’) 1. Write the way how to improve the subject that they are not good at .

2. Prepare the next lesson.

Week: 10 Period: 27

UNIT 5 STUDY HABITS Lesson 2 : Speak +Listen

Preparation date: 17 /10/2019 Teaching date : 24/10/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to talk about their study habits,listen for specific information to fill in a report card .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more their subjects and work hard 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens

III.Procedures Activities 1.Warm- up : (5’) Brainstorming - Ask Ss to write their ideas on the blackboard . * Possible answers : Speak English to friends in class ,Watch English TV ,Do grammar exercises,Read English stories ,Read English newspapers / magazines ,Listen to the English radio program .

A/Speaking:( 18’) 2. Pre - speaking (6’): Introduce the topic of the speaking a. Pre – teach vocabulary -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Checking : What and where - Call on some Ss to read the possible answers above and copy down .

- Have Ss read the questions and words in the boxes.

3.While – speaking (6’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Call on some pairs to read the model - Ask Ss to work in pairs .

- Call on some pairs to practice in front of class.

- Correct mistakes if any .

4. Post - speaking (6’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to write with information above Eg : Lan ,s elder brother helps him with his homework .

- Call on some Ss to read their writings .

Content Brainstorming - Ask Ss to write their ideas on the blackboard . * Possible answers : Speak English to friends in class ,Watch English TV ,Do grammar exercises,Read English stories ,Read English newspapers / magazines ,Listen to the English radio program .

I. Vocabulary : - behavior (n) = cách cư xử - A participant (n) = nguoi tham gia - Satisfactory >< unsatisfactory (a) = thoải mai - cooperation (n) = hop tac - attendance (n) = - to appreciate = danh gia cao A.Speak:

I. Read P48+answers II. Model : Lan said she did her homework after dinner He / she said ………

III.Speak:p 48: Tran Thuy (8b)/Phuong (8c) said she did her homework after school,after dinner,late at night;ect.

Her parents,brother/sister,a friend;ect.. helped her with her homework.

She spent half an hour,two hours,..ect..on

math,Vietnamese,historyEnglish,ect. .She needed to improve :biology,physics,chemistry,geography, ect..

Shedid grammar exercises,rea English story..ect..to improve her English.

B/Listening (20’) B/Listen: Pre – listening(5’) : Introduce the topic of I.Gap fill prediction p48 the listening and some new words : II.Listen:T’ book p53 Key: a. Prediction : - Ask Ss to look at Sarah,s report and predict 1. 87 days present the missing information and then compare 2. 5 days absent with their partners .

3. participation : Spanish a. day present (1) pronunciation b. Day absent (2) 4. Listening : Comprehension c. Behavior – participant (3) 5. Speaking : A d. Listening (4) 6 . Reading : A e. Speaking (5) 7 . Writing : B f. Reading (6) g. Writing (7) - Call on some Ss to read their predictions and write them on the board .

3. While - listening :(10’) III.Answer the questions: 1.Mrs .Chen b. Listen : - Get Ss to listen to the tape and check their 2.Miss Blake prediction .

3.English, - Call on Ss to read their results and give For First term feedback .

4.Speaks English quite c. Comprehension questions : well.However,She does need to - Ask Ss to answer some questions about improve her listening skills. , Sarah s report card .

5.S=satisfactory A=Excellent , 1. Who are Sarah s parents ?

B=Good F=Fall U=Unsatisfactory C=Fair 2. What is Sarah,s teacher,s name ?

3. What subject was reported ? For what D=Poor term ?

4. What are the comments ?

5. What does S stand for ? What about F UA B CD ?

- Ask Ss to listen to the tape again and work in pairs to answer the questions .

- Call on some pairs to practice in front of class .

- Give feedback .

4. Post - listening (5’): Survey Questions /You/Your partner Survey - Ask Ss to work in pairs , asking their 1. When do you do your homework ?

partners questions and taking notes of the answers .

- Ask Ss to work in groups of 4 0r 5 to report what they have known about their partners, study .

- Correct mistakes if any .

2. Who helps you with your homework ?

3. How much time do you spend on Maths / English / History / Literature ?

4. Which subject do you need to improve ?

5. What do you do to improve your English?

5. Production : (1’) 1. Copy the effective ways of learning English they have found out .

2. . Write something about your partners, study habits Eg : Lan is my best friend . She works very hard and always get good grades . she usually does her homework after school 3.Do exercises in workbook .

4. Prepare the next lesson

Homework : (1’) 1. Copy the effective ways of learning English they have found out .

2. . Write something about your partners, study habits Eg : Lan is my best friend . She works very hard and always get good grades . she usually does her homework after school 3.Do exercises in workbook .

4. Prepare the next lesson -------------------------------o0o-----------------------------

Week: 10 UNIT 5 STUDY HABITS Preparation date:19/10/2019 Period: 28 Lesson 3 : Read (Tiết1) Teaching date : 26/10/2019 I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to understand the text ,get specific information .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more mother tongue 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Activities Content 1.Warm-up : (5’) . Chatting . Chatting Ask Ss some questions about their English Ask Ss some questions about their learning: English learning:

-Do you likelearning English?

-How many new words do you try to learn a day?

-What do you do when you read a new word?

-How do you learn/remember new words?

-Do you likelearning English?

-How many new words do you try to learn a day?

-What do you do when you read a new word?

-How do you learn/remember new words?

I.Vocabulary: -To make a list :liệt kê danh sách -to put into it the meanings:ghi nghĩa 2. Pre – reading(10’) : Introduce the topic -instead: thay vào đó of the reading passage and some new -in the right way:đúng words .

-at any time:bất kì lúc nào -TM: Play game, practising, discussion -to try:thử group, technical present….

-so as=in order to:để -C: Co-operation, communication,…

- mother tongue ( example ):tiếng mẹ -Q: Love family, friends and country đẻ a. Pre- teach vocabulary : - to underline ( example ):gạch chân - to highlight ( example ):làm nổi bật - to come across ( synonym )gặp tình cờ - to stick ( mime ):dán II.True / False statements prediction p50 .

* Checking : Slap the board b. True / False statements Prediction p50 - Ask Ss to read the statements and decide which is true and which is false . ( Page 50 ) - Call on Ss to read their answers and give feedback a.All language learners write the meaning of new words in their mother tongue.F

b.Some learners write examples of words they want to learn.T c.Every learnertries to learn all new words they come across.F d.Many learners only learn new words that are important.T 3. While-Reading(20’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country . Reading : p 49 - Call on 2 or 3 Ss to read the passage aloud .

4 . Post - reading : (8’) Survey - Ask Ss to work in groups to interview one another and tick the ways they have used to learn new words - Call on Ss to report about their groups .

Ex : Lan learns words by making a list of words ….

5.Production : (1’) 1. Write the ways of learning words that you think are the best for you .

2. Prepare the next lesson

III.Read: Key: a. F b. T c.F d.T IV.Survey: Ways of learning words Lan Hoa ...

1. Make a list of words , their meanings and learn them by heart .

2. Write sample sentences with new words 3. Stick new words somewhere in the house .

4. Underline or highlight the words .

5. Read stories in English .

6. Learn words through songs .

Homework : (1’) 1. Write the ways of learning words that you think are the best for you .

2. Prepare the next lesson

Week: 11 Period: 29

UNIT 5 STUDY HABITS Lesson 4 : Read (Tiết 2)

Preparation date:22/10/2019 Teaching date : 29/10/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to understand the text ,get specific information .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more mother tongue 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Activities Content 1.Warm- up : (5’) . Brainstorming . Brainstorming - Ask Ss to work in pairs to make a list - Ask Ss to work in pairs to make a list of the ways how a language learner can learn of the ways how a language learner can learn new words . new words . list of the ways list of the ways how a language learner how a language learner can learn new words . can learn new words . * Possible answers : - Learn by heart - Translate it into mother tongue - Learn through example sentences - Write each word on one piece of paper and put it into the pocket to learn whenever - Write it on small piece of paper and stick everywhere in the house …….

* Possible answers : - Learn by heart - Translate it into mother tongue - Learn through example sentences - Write each word on one piece of paper and put it into the pocket to learn whenever - Write it on small piece of paper and stick everywhere in the house ……. .

2.Pre – reading(10’) : Introduce the topic of the reading passage and some new words -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country 3.While-Reading(20’) TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country 1. Reading : p 49 - Call on 2 or 3 Ss to read the passage aloud .

2. Comprehension questions p50 - Have Ss work in pairs to answer the questions - Call on some Pairs to practice asking and answering the questions .a.Do learners learn words in the same way? b.Why do some learners write example sentences with new words? c.What do some learners do in order to remember words better? d.Why don’t some learners learn all the new words they come across ? e.What is necessary in learning words? f.How should you learn words?

- Give feedback .a.Do learners learn words in the same way? b.Why do some learners write example sentences with new words? c.What do some learners do in order to remember words better? d.Why don’t some learners learn all the new words they come across ? e.What is necessary in learning words? f.How should you learn words?

4. Post - reading : (8’)Survey - Ask Ss to work in groups to interview one another and tick the ways they have used to learn new words - Call on Ss to report about their groups .

Ex : Lan learns words by making a list of words ….

I.Read:P 49

II. Answer the questions:p50

a. No . They learn words in different ways . b. Because they help them to remember the use of new words . c. They write examples , put the words and their meanings on stickers , underline or highlight them d. They may think they can not do so . Instead , they learn only important words . e. Revision is necessary in learning words . f. Learners should try different ways of learning words t find out what is the best

III.Survey: Ways of learning words Lan Hoa ...

1. Make a list of words , their meanings and learn them by heart .

2. Write sample sentences with new words

5. PRODUCTION : (1’) 1. Write the ways of learning words that you think are the best for you .

2. Prepare the new lesson.

Week: 11 Period: 30

3. Stick new words somewhere in the house .

4. Underline or highlight the words .

5. Read stories in English .

6. Learn words through songs .

Homework : (1’) 1. Write the ways of learning words that you think are the best for you .

2. Prepare the new lesson.

UNIT 5 STUDY HABITS Lesson 5: Write

Preparation date: 24 /10/2019 Teaching date : 31/10/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to know the format of a friendly ,practice writing a letter to a friend 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more friends and their country 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Activities Content 1.Warm- up : (5’) Chatting Chatting 1. Have you ever written to someone ?

1. Have you ever written to someone ?

2. To whom do you usually write ?

2. To whom do you usually write ?

3. What do you often write about ?

3. What do you often write about ?

- Lead in new lesson . T & Ss correct - Lead in new lesson . T & Ss correct 2. Pre - writing (10’): Introduce the topic of the writing and some new words

to Ss .

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Pre – teach vocabulary : * Checking : Rub out and remember

b. Ordering - Ask Ss to put the parts of the letter in the correct order . a. Opening d. Body of the letter b. Closing e. Signature c. The date f . Writer,s address .

- Give feedback - Ask Ss to read the letter to check their order . c. Labeling - Ask Ss to label each section with the correct letter . 4 . Comprehension questions - Have Ss work in pairs and answer some questions a. Who wrote the letter ? To whom ? b. What are there in the heading ? c. What is the main part of the letter ? d. What did Hoa receive a few days ago ? e. What subject is Hoa good at ? f. Where is she going to celebrate the Lunar New Year Festival ?

- Call on some pairs to practice asking and answering in front of class .

3. While - writing : (20’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to imagine that they are Lan and write a letter to her pen pal Donna in San Francisco , using the given information .

- Call on some Ss to demonstrate their

I.Vocabulary: - Lunar New Year Festival ( explanation ):tết nguyên đán - Enjoyable (adj ) = vui thu , thich thu - to celebrate = ki niem -> celebration (n) II. Ordering 1-f 2-c 3-a 4-d 5-b 6-e

III.Answer the questions: a.-Hoa ;To Tim b.-12 Tran Hung Dao St Ha noi February 10,200.. c. “Thank for your letter….Write soon and tell me all your news” d.-First semester report e.-Science,English,and history f.Hue.

IV.Write * Suggested letter : 15 Quang Trung street Hanoi , July 12 th , 2005 Dear Donna,

writings in front of class .

Thanks for your letter . I am glad to hear you had an interesting Mother,s Day .

We have received our second semester report last month . I got good grades for Geography , Physics and Math but my English and History results were poor .

My teacher advises me to improve English and History . I think I have to study harder next school year .

In a few weeks , we are going to celebrate the mid Autumn festival . That is an Autumn moon festival in Vietnam .

This afternoon , I am going to Ha Long Bay with my aunt and uncle by bus and I am going to stay ther with them until the festival comes . I will send you a postcard from there .

Write soon and tell me all your news .

Best Lan ,

4. Post – writing(8’): Correction -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Call on Ss to read aloud their letters and correct the mistakes .

5.Production : (1’) 1. Write a letter to your friend to tell him / her about your second semester report Homework : (1’) and about Summer holiday 1. Write a letter to your friend to tell him / her about your second semester report and about Summer holiday -------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Week: 11 Period: 31

UNIT 5 STUDY HABITS Lesson 5: Language focus + test 15’

Preparation date: 26 /10/2019 Teaching date : 2/11/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to use adverbs of manner ,modal Should as an advice , reported speech with commands , requests and advice.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more their subjects 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence:

- General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Activities 1.Warm- up (5’)

Content

Pelmanism Pelmanism good warm bad fast badly good rode eat ate sit rode eat ate sit sat rode eat ate sit sat - Explain the meanings and uses of them - Explain the meanings and uses of them + Hard (a) and hard ( adv ) have different + Hard (a) and hard ( adv ) have different meanings. meanings 2. Presentation (10’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Adverbs of manner .

- Setting the scene “ Use any word from the game Pelmanism to complete the following sentences “ Adv modifies the verb of the sentence . b. Commands in reported speech : - Explain the form of the reported speech : Câu mệnh lệnh gồm có 02 loại, mệnh lệnh khẳng định và mệnh lệnh phủ định c. Affirmative commands: -Teacher gives example & students report her commands.

Eg: “ Please give Tim this dictionary . “ – Miss Jackson said.

-Tim’mother reported it to Tim: => Miss Jackson told me to give you this dictionary .

- Explain the form

I.Grammar: 1. Adverbs of manner * Form : S + V + a / an + adjective + noun or : S + be + Adjective S + V + adverb * Use : Adj modifies the noun after it / the subject 2.Commands in reported speech: 2.1.Affirmative commands: Form: “ V + O/A” → S + told /ordered + O + to + V bare inf + O/A. Eg:“ Please give Tim this dictionary . “ => Miss Jackson told me to give you this dictionary

-Students write on their notebooks d.Negative commands:

2.2.Negative commands:

-Teacher gives example & students report Form: “Don’t + V + O/A”. her commands.

Eg:: “ Don’t go out tonight”, my father → S told / warned …+ O + not to + V said to me.

bare inf + O/A.

→ My father told me not to go out that night.

- Explain the form -Students write on their notebooks

eg: “ Don’t go out tonight”, my father said to me. => My father told me not to go out that night.

e.Requests in reported speech: Câu yêu cầu cũng có hai dạng, yêu cầu khẳng định và câu yêu cầu phủ định.

Khác với câu mệnh lệnh ở chỗ câu yêu cầu có chữ “please” trước hoặc sau.

f. Affirmative Requests :

3.Requests in reported speech 3.1.AForm: “ Please + V + O/A”, hoặc “ V + O/A, please”. → S + asked / begged …+ O + to + V bare inf + O/A. eg: “ Can you give Tim this dictionary ? “ => Mr Jackson asked me to give you this dictionary 3.2. Negative Requests:

Trước tiên ta xác định dạng câu tường

Form: “Don’t + V +O/A, please” hoặc

thuật này là câu yêu cầu ở thể khẳng

“Please + don’t + V + O/A”.

định.Không có trạng từ hay đại từ cần

→ S + asked /begged + O + not to + V

phải đổi nên ta áp dụng công thức là làm

bare inf + O/A.

được. Lưu ý, ta bỏ chữ “please”

eg: “ Don’t make a noise here, please”,

-Teacher gives example & students report He said to me. her request.

Eg: “ Can you give Tim this dictionary ? => He asked me not to make noise there. “ - Mr Jackson asked.

-Tim’mother reported it to Tim: => Mr Jackson asked me to give you this dictionary .

- Explain the form -Students write on their notebooks g. Negative Requests: 4. Advice in reported speech eg: “ Don’t make a noise here, please”,

He said to me. → He asked me not to make noise there.

- Explain the form -Students write on their notebooks h. Advice in reported speech - Explain the form of it Khi tường thuật lời khuyên sang lời nói gián tiếp (tường thuật), chúng ta thường

* Form: - “ S + should /ought to/ had better + V bare inf + O/A”.

- “ Why don’t +you + V bare inf + O/A ?” → S advised/ recommended + O (not) + to + V bare inf + O/A.

dùng động từ tường thuật : Advised Eg : Miss Jackson said , “ Tim should work harder on his Spanish /recommended. pronunciation . “ => Miss Jackson said you should work Eg : Miss Jackson said , “ Tim should harder on your Spanish pronunciation work harder on his Spanish pronunciation . “ -Tim’mother reported it to Tim: =>Miss Jackson said you should work harder on your Spanish pronunciation.

-Explain the form -Students write on their notebooks 3. Practice (13’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a.Exercise 1 / 52 : Complete the dialogues - Ask Ss to work in pairs .

- Call on some pairs to demonstrate in front of class - Give feedback .

- Ask ss to practice the dialogue in open pairs .

4.Futher practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country

III. Practice: 1. Exercise 1 / 52 Key: 1. hard 2. fast 3. badly 4. softly 2.Exercise 3 / 53 : *Key: a. Miss Jackson asked me to wait for her outside her office . b. Miss Jackson told me to give you your report card for this semester . c. Miss Jackson asked me to help you with your Spanish pronunciation . d. Miss Jackson told me to meet her next week

a .Exercise 3 / 53 : -Explain the situation to Ss - Have Ss work in pairs to do exercise .

- Call on some pairs to read their answers aloud , then go to the board to write them on .

- Give feedback - Call on some Ss to practice is pairs and correct their pronunciations .

b.Exercise 4 / 53 - Ask Ss to work with their partners .

- Call on some Ss to practice in pairs and correct pronunciation .

- Give feedback 5. Production : (1’) 1. Review command , requests and advice in Reported Speech .

2. Copy all the exercises in their notebooks.

3.Do exersice 6 (p 35), 7 (p36) in the workbook.

4.Prepare Unit 6 :Getting started + Listen and read .

3.Exercise 4 / 53 * Key: a. Miss Jackson said you should spend more time on Spanish pronunciation . b. Miss Jackson said you should practice speaking Spanish every day . c . Miss Jackson said you should listen to Spanish conversation on TV . d. Miss Jackson you should practice reading aloud passage in Spanish . e. Miss Jackson said you should use this dictionary to find out how to pronounce Spanish words.

Homework : (1’) 1. Review command , requests and advice in Reported Speech .

2. Copy all the exercises in their notebooks.

3.Do exersice 6 (p 35), 7 (p36) in the workbook.

4.Prepare Unit 6 :Getting started + Listen and read .

TEST 15’ 1. Choose the best answer to fill in the blanks: Monica Fox is a tennis (1) ………. She started playing tennis (2) ………… she was ten years old. She has traveled to many countries with her parents (3) ………… has won a lot of tournaments. She won her first (4) ………….. in a tournament in 1985. Now she is trying very (5) ………….

1: A. player B. playing C. plays D. play 2: A. why B. what C. who D. when 3: A. and B. but C. or D. if 4: A. contest B. prize C. festival D. competition 5: A. hardly B. bad C. badly D. hard 2.Read the passage and choose the best answer A, B, C for each question.(1pt)

Nick Johnson lives with his parents, and his sister. They lives in Wembley, in north London. Nick’s mom is called Sue. She works in a supermarket. His dad is called Jim and he works in a bank.

Nick’s sister is called Tracy. She is nine years old. There is also a dog in the family.

His name’s Fred.

6: How many people are there in Nick’s Johnson’s family?

A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5 7: Where does Nick’s family live?

A. America B. England C. Scotland D. Australia 8: Which does the word “His” in line 5 refer to?

A. Nick’s mother. B. Nick’s sister.C. Nick’s cousin. D. Nick’s dog.

9: What’s Nick’s sister’s name?

A. Sue. B. Jim. C. Tracy.

D. Fred.

10: Which of the following is not TRUE? A. Nick’s family live in London.

B. Nick’s father works in a bank.

C. Nick’s mother works in a supermarket.

D. Nick’s sister is five years old.

KEY: Sentence 1 2 3 4 5

Week: 11 Period: 32

Key A D A B A

Sentence 6 7 8 9 10

Key C B D C D

UNIT:6 THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB Lesson 1 : Getting started +Listen and read

Preparation date:24/10/2019 Teaching date : 1/11/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss’ll be able to understand the dialogue about the young pioneers .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more their subjects 4. Competence and quality:

4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, pictures, cues , 5 cards for drill , Cassette.

2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities 1.Warm up : (5’) Chatting Ask Ss some questions about their activities and their summer holidays .

1. What do you often do on your summer holiday ?

2. Are you members of the Young Pioneers and Youth Organization ?

3. Are there any activity programs for the summer ?

4. Do you take part in them ?

5. What activity do you like most ? 2 . Presentation (10’): Introduce the topic of the lesson and some new words to Ss .

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Pre – teach vocabulary : * Checking : Rub out and remember

Content

a.Vocabulary: - to enroll ( translation ):/in’rou/ đăng kí vào học - application form ( visual ) :mẫu đơn - Out door activities :hoạt động ngoài trời b.Getting started: Identify the activities that H C M yYoung - Hobby (n): sở thích Pioneer &Youth Organization (Y & b.Getting Started: Y)participate in: . –helping blind people -helping elderly people -helping handicapped childrent Cleaning up beaches c. Listen and read the dialogue : (10’) -caring for animals - Set the scene “ Nga is a student in grade Taking part in sports eight . She wants to enroll in the activities for c.Listen and read the dialogue:

the summer . “ - Ask Ss to listen and read the dialogue at the same time .

- Get Ss to work in pairs and complete Nga,s particulars .

- Call on some pairs to demonstrate in front of class.

- Give feedback - Ask Ss some questions : + What is her name ? + What does she live ? + When was she born ? + What are her hobbies ?

- Call on some Ss to answer the questions . d . Concept checking - What is after “ likes “ ? -> drawing - What is after “ enjoys “ ? -> acting - What do you call “ drawing “ and “ acting “ -> gerund - What is the form of “ gerund “ ? -> V- ing - When do we use “ gerund “ ? - > after some verbs : like , love , enjoy , hate , mind . * Form Like , love , enjoy , hate + gerund 3.Practice:(10’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Drill : word cue drill (5’) - Prepare 5 cards with these cues on them : a. play soccer / volley ball b. watch TV / listen to music c. read books / do homework d. Chat with friends / do the housework e. Cook meal / decorate the house .

- Call on Ss to practice asking and answering - Correct mistakes if any .

- Call on some pairs to practice the dialogue

III.Practice: Eg: =>a. What are your hobbies ?

-I like / love playing soccer and volleyball b- I like / love watching TV and listening to music. c- I like / love. reading books and doing my homework. d- I like / love chatting with my friends and doing the housework. e- I like / love cooking meal and decorating the house

4.Futher practice (8’) Survey -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country -36 Ask Ss to copy down the chart and

IV.Survey: Eg:-Do you love playing soccer,Nam?

* Name : Pham Thi Nga * Home address : 5 Tran Phu Street * Phone number : Not available * Date of birth : April 22 , 1989 * Sex : Female * Interest : Drawing , outdoor , activities , acting

work in groups of three to ask their friends and tick on the chart . name / Nam ,Mai /Love / like / don,t like / hate - playing soccer - washing up - cooking meals - performing music - gathering broken glasses - watching TV - play badminton - Give feedback by asking Ss to report their friends, hobbies .

5. Production Retell the lesson 1. Write about their friend,s hobbies .

2. Prepare the next lesson.

Nam:-Yes. -What about you ,Mai? Mai:-No.I hate it

V. Production Retell the lesson 1. Write about their friend,s hobbies .

2. Prepare the next lesson.

-------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………

Week: 11 Period: 33

UNIT 6 THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB Lesson 2: Speak- Listen

Preparation date: 26/10/2019 Teaching date : 3/11/2019

…………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to ask for favors ,respond to favors ,respond to assistance ,complete a song for details .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more their subjects 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up : (5’) Shark , s attack - Cut out a shark and a school girl / boy from card - Draw some steps , then stick the cut out girl / boy on the top of the steps , the sharks in the sea .

- Draw 5 gaps for the word – favor T & Ss correct A .Speak: (22 ‘ ) 2. Pre-Speaking: I.Vocabulary: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion 1. Pre – teach vocabulary group, technical present….

- asking for favors: yeu cau giup do -C: Co-operation, communication,…

-responding to favors:tra loi cac yeu -Q: Love family, friends and country cau,de nghi giup do - Ask Ss the meanings of the word -offering assistance:de nghi giup do FAVOR -responding to assistance:dap lai loi de *+ What do you say to ask for a favor ? nghi duoc giup do *+ When do you ask for favor ?

-to carry: mang Need some help -to get out of : ra khoi + How do you say to respond to favor ?

-Could/Can you do me a favor?:Ban co *+ What does the receptionist say ? the giup do toi duoc khong? + What is for ?

-favor(n):an hue For offering assistance - peace (n) >< war (n) + another way to offer assistance ?

-north (n):phia bac + How do you say to respond to assistance -south(n): phia nam ?

-to unite:doan ket - Ask Ss to copy down the following A. Speak: phrases * Can you help me ?

Could you do me a favor ?

Asking for favor Can / Could you ………..?

Responding for favor * Can / Could you help me please ? *Certainly / Of course / sure * Could you do me a favor ?

No problem * I need a favor * May I help you ? * Can / could you ..?

-Do you need any help ? * Certainly / of course / sure -Let me help you * No problem * Yes / No , thank you

* What can I do for you ? * How can I help you ? * I am sorry . I am really busy - Ask Ss to repeat chorally and then individually all the phrases in the chart .

3. While-Speaking: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country 1. Ask Ss to work in pairs to practice the dialogues - Call on some pairs to practice in front of class .

- Correct pronunciation if any .

2. Use appropriate phrases to make similar dialogues about some of the following situations with a partner.

- Have Ss work in pairs .

- Call on some pairs to practice in front of class .

- Give feedback 4.Post-Speaking : Situation : A receptionist wants to help a tourist who needs to go to the nearest bank -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Receptionist ……………………………?

Tourist : yes . Can you ……………..?

Receptionist : Sure . Turn right when you get out of the hotel . Turn left at the first corner .………... your right .

Tourist :……………………

- Ask Ss to work in pairs to make the dialogue and move around the class and help Ss .

- Call on some Ss to practice the dialogue in front of the class .

B . Listen:( 16’) Pre - listening : Introduce the topic of the listening and some new words to Ss . a. Guess the missing words - Ask Ss to guess the words to fill in the gaps in the song

-Yes.That’s very kind of you.

-No.Thank you.I’m fine.

Offering assistance Responding to assistance * May I help you ? * Do you need any help ? * Let me help you . * Yes / No . Thank you * Yes . That is very kind of you . * No . thank you . I am fine .

II.*.Read :a. p55 b. p56 III..Speak : *use table P56 * Receptionist : May I help you?

Tourist : yes . Can you show me the way to the police station? I lost money Receptionist : Sure . Turn right when you get out of the hotel . Turn left at the first corner .It is on your right .

Tourist :Thank you very much.

B .Listen: I.Gap fill Prediction 1-unite 2-peace 3-right 4-love 5-north 6-south 7-of 8-world

- Get them to share with their partners and report their predictions .Then write them on the board .

While - listening : - Turn on the tape 3 times and ask Ss to check their predictions .

- Call on some Ss to read their results - Give feedback -Turn on the tape once more to check the results again .

9-show 10-place 11-out 12-stand 13-world III.Listen: Children of our land (1) unite Let,s sing for (2) peace , Let,s sing for (3) right .

Let,s sing for the (4) love between (5)north and (6) south , Oh, children(7) of our land , unite .

Children of the(8) world hold hands .

Let,s (9) show our love from(10) place to place .

Let,s shout (11) out loud , Let,s make a (12) stand , Oh , children of the (13) world , hold hands .

IV. Learn how to sing the song

Post - listening : - Ask Ss to work in groups to learn how to sing the song V.Production(1’) + Ss listen to the tape and repeat in chorally 1. Copy down the completed song . .

2. Learn by heart the expressions to - Call on some Ss from each groups to sing offer assistance and favor and how to a song. respond them .

3. Write the dialogue between you and a 5.Production(1’) 1. Copy down the completed song . tourist who lost money 2. Learn by heart the expressions to offer assistance and favor and how to respond them .

3. Write the dialogue between you and a tourist who lost money .

-------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 …………………………………………………….

Week: 12 Period: 34

UNIT 6 THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB Lesson 3: Read

Preparation date: 29/10/2019 Teaching date : 6/11/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to know more about a youth organization,the Boy Scouts of America ( BSA ) 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more about a youth organization 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content

1.Wram- up : (5’) Jumbled words - Write six words whose letters are in disorder 1. Racchtaer =. Character 2. Iojn =. Join 3. Mai =. Aim 4. Pexainl =. Explain 5 . Nessmsibuan =. Businessman 6 . Thauolgh =. Although - Ask Ss to work in 2 teams and call on 6 Ss from h team write the right words on the board .

-T & Ss correct -T gives SS ‘ marks 2.Pre- reading (10’): Introduce the topic of the reading passage and some new words to Ss .

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Pre – teach vocabulary : * Checking : Slap the board

Jumbled words - Write six words whose letters are in disorder 1. Racchtaer =. Character 2. Iojn =. Join 3. Mai =. Aim 4. Pexainl =. Explain 5 . Nessmsibuan=. Businessman 6 . Thauolgh =. Although

I.Vocabulary: - to encourage : give the verb which means to give Sb support - Citizenship (n) = quyen cong dan - coeducational (a) ( translation ) - Voluntary (a) = tinh nguyen , tu nguyen - to lead – led – led :dẫn dắt - to establish = to start / to create an organization: thiet lap II. . T /F Statements prediction III.Read:p57 a. T b. F b. T /F Statements prediction - Stick the poster with the statements on the c. F d. F e. T blackboard and guess which is true , which * correct false statements: is false . b. Scout began in England a. The Boy Scout of America is a youth c. William Boysce is an American organization business man . b. Scouting began in America d. BSA is mainly for boys . c. William Boyce is a businessman in .IV. Fill in the missing dates p57 LOndon . a.1907 d. Boys and girls can join BSA b. 1909 e. The Scouting Association is the biggest c. 1910 voluntary youth organization in the world . d. 1994 - Call on Ss to report their predictions and V. Answer the questions:P57 write them on the board a. Scouting began in England in 1907 b. The meeting between a boy scout and Mr William Boyce led the Scouts 3. While - reading : (18’) Association crossing the Atlantic in -TM: Play game, practising, discussion 1910 . group, technical present…. c. Girls can join in the Girls Guides -C: Co-operation, communication,…

Association and Camp Fire Boys and

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Reading : - Turn on the tape and ask Ss to look at their books at the same time to read the passage to check their predictions - Call on some Ss to read their results aloud and give feedback : - Have them correct false statements .

- Call on some Ss to read the passage aloud .

- Correct mistakes if any . b. Fill in the missing dates - Ask Ss to work in pairs to do exercise 1 / 57 - Call on some pairs to demonstrate in front of class - Give feedback : c. Answer : - Have Ss work in pairs to practice asking answering the questions .

- Call on some pairs to practice in front of the class - Give feedback 4. Post - reading :(10’) Interview a member of the Boys Scouts of American - Call on an excellent student in class to practice with the teacher .

- Ask Ss to work in closed pairs Interview Member of BSA 1. When did scouting begin ?

2. When were the aims established ?

3. Can a girl join the BSA ?

4 . How many members does the Scouting Association have now ?

5. Is it the largest voluntary Youth Organization in the world ?

5.Production : (1’) 1. Learn by heart new words and write the summary of the BSA 2. Prepare the next lesson

girls . d. They are building characters , good citizenship and personal fitness 1- In 1907 in England 2- They were established in 1907 .

They are building the characters , good citizenship and personal fitness .

3- No , It is mainly for boys but girls can join similar organization such as the Girl Guides Association or the Coeducational Camp fire Boys and Girls .

4-Over 25 million 5- Yes, Of course

VI / Homework : (1’) 1. Learn by heart new words and write the summary of the BSA 2. Prepare the next lesson

Week: 12 Period:35

UNIT 6 THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB Lesson 4 : Write

Preparation date: 31/10/2019 Teaching date : 8/11/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to write a letter about a future plan using be going to 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more their subjects 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1. Warm- up :(5’) Revision of the structure I. Vocabulary: - to raise fund ( translation ):gây quĩ Be going to - Ask Ss the usage of “ be going to “ – to - a bank ( visual )

express a future plan .

- Get Ss to make the sentence : “ I am going to + Verb “ ( The verbs have to begin with a letter from A to Z Ex: T : I am going to accept their invitation S1 : I am going to buy a new bicycle S2 : I am going to clean the floor .

S3 : I am going to dust the furniture -T & Ss correct -T give ss’ marks

- natural resources : coal oil , iron .. under the ground or the sea :tài nguyên thiên nhiên

2. Pre - writing :(15’) Introduce the topic of the writing and some new words to Ss .

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a . Pre – teach vocabulary : . Rub out and remember b. Reading the notice - Ask Ss to read the notice “ To : All Y and Y members of the school “ - Ask some questions to check their understanding a. What do members of the Y and Y have to do in the recycling program ? b. What is the purpose of the recycling program ? c. What other programs can members of the Y and Y participate in ?

- Get Ss to work in pairs to answer the questions .

- Give feedback and ask them to practice in open pairs . c. Complete the letter p58 - Ask some questions to set the scene : * Who writes the letter ? ( Nga ) * To whom does Nga write ? ( Linh ) * Is Nga a member of Y and Y ? ( Yes ) * What does Nga write to Linh about ? ( She writes about the programs of her school Y and Y that she is going to participate ) - Get Ss to work in pairs to fill in the gaps in the letter .

- Give feedback : - Call on some Ss to read the complete letter and correct mistakes if any .

II.Read p58

III.Answer the questions : a.Used glass,paper,and cans b.Save natural resources and earn some money. c.raise funds for the poor,help street children,plan trees and flowers along the sidewalks or the parks.

IV.Complete the letter p58 1. community 2.recycling 3.collect 4. send 5. recycling

6. save 7. raise / earn 8. participating 9. planting 10 . helping d. Reading the dialogue : *V.. Reading the dialogue p59 - Set the scene “ Hoa talks to her aunt about *Answer the questions: the Y and Y Green Group , about the a.Because sheis going to join the Y activities that she is going to do .” & Y Green group.

- Ask Ss to read the dialogue between Hoa b.She is going to plan trees and and her aunt . flowers in the school garden and * Checking : some questions : water them every afternoon after a. Why does Hoa look happy ? class. b. What is she going to do in the environment c.They ‘re plantingnyoung treesand month ? plants to sell tosome schools c. What are they doing to earn money for their school Y&Y ?

- Call on some Ss to demonstrate their answers in front of the class .

3. While - writing : (15’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion VI. Write: group, technical present….

Suggested letter -C: Co-operation, communication,…

Dear Mom and Dad , -Q: Love family, friends and country I am very happy to tell you that I am - Ask Ss to help Hoa to write a letter to her able to join in the Y & Y Green parents .

Group of my school .

- Get Ss to work in group of 4 or 5 to write a The green Group is holding an letter on poster . environment month plan . We are - Move around the class and help then if they going to clean the lakes,banks on are necessary . weekends . We are also going to 4. Post - writing : (8’) plant trees and flowers in the parks - Choose four letters from 4 group and stick and water them every afternoon them on the board after class . We are planting young - Get the whole class to read the 4 letters and trees and plants to sell to other correct them . schools .

- Give feedback : I hope that we can bring more green to the city and earn some money for the school Y&Y . The program is very interesting and useful , is not it ?

I am still in a very good health . I will tell you more about the group activities later .

With love , 5.Production 1. Ask each student to help Hoa write a letter Hoa to her parents in their notebooks .

2.Prepare next lesson.

3.Retell the lesson.

Week: 12 Period:36

VII.Production 1. Ask each student to help Hoa write a letter to her parents in their notebooks .

2.Prepare next lesson.

3.Retell the lesson.

UNIT 6 THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB Lesson 5 : Language focuse

Preparation date:2/11/2019 Teaching date : 10/11/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to use Present with future meaning / Gerunds / modals : may , can , could .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

3.Attitudes: Students love more their subjects II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Warm up : (5’) Brainstorming *Possible answers : Warm up : Brainstorming -Clean up the streets ,Help elderly people ,Take part in sports,Help handicappied / The Y&Y street children ,Collect and empty garbage programs T &Ss correct. T gives Ss’ marks 2. Presentation :( 10’) Present tense with future meaning -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Pre – teach vocabulary * Checking : Rub out and remember b. Setting the scene : Introduce the dialogue “ Lan and Mai are members of the Y&Y organization . They are talking about the summer activity program”

I. Vocabulary: - a ret home : a place where old or sick people are cared for :trai duong lao - an orphanage : a place where children without parents live : trai tre mo coi - a stadium ( picture): san van dong II.Theory: 1.Present tense with future meaning: => We use simple present tense to express an action that happens in the future 2.Gerunds: Enjoy,Cosider,Practice,Finish,Avoid(tra nh),Admit (nhan ),Delay (hoan)Miss,can’t help(Ko the Ko)mind(quan tam) ,love, like, hate+gerunds 3.Practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion 3. Modals : may , can , could group, technical present….

III Exercise 1p 60 -C: Co-operation, communication,… .Gap fill: -Q: Love family, friends and country 1. where do 2. when do exercise 1p60(10’) 3. an empty garbage Lan : …(1)…….we collect and empty 4. what time do 5. finish garbage ?

6. we start at 7. finish at Mai : at Dong Xuan Market .

Exercise 2P61 * Survey : Lan : …..(2)…….. we collect ……(3)………? name / Ba /Lan/love , like ,don,t like, Mai : On January 9 hate Lan : ………(4)…….. we start and - playing soccer ……(5)…..?

- washing up Mai : ……..(6) …… 8 am and ……(7) … - cooking meals - performing music 5 pm .

- Ask Ss to work in pairs to complete the - gathering broken glasses dialogue .

- watching TV - Call on some pairs to play the role of - play badminton Lan and mai to practice the dialogue .

Eg:-Do you like playing soccer?

- Give feedback -No.I hate it. What about you?

-Yes.I love playing soccer. .* Concept checking :- Ask Ss some questions to check their understanding a. When do we “ where “ ? b. When do we use “ when “ ? c. When do we use “ what time “ ? d. Is the date at present or in the future ? e. What tense do we use in the dialogue ?

- Ask Ss to practice asking and answering

about the Y&Y activity by using the following cues - Call on some pairs to practice the dialogue .

- Give feedback 4.Futher practice : (10’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to work in groups of three to ask their friends and stick on the chart .

- Give feedback by asking Ss to report their friends, hobbies .

Eg : Ba loves playing soccer . He does not like cooking and especially hate washing dishes . Exercise 3 p.62 (8’) - Ask Ss to repeat the uses of the offering assistance , asking for favors and how to respond .

- Ask Ss to work in pairs to practice the dialogue - Call on some pairs to practice the dialogue in front of the class .- Give feedback - Ask them to practice the dialogue in front of the class 5.Production: 1. Copy all the exercises in their notebooks .

2. Prepare the next lesson

Week: 13 Period: 37

Exercise 3/62: a /A : Can you buy a ticket for me ?

B : Can you take me across the road ?

C : Could you help me with this math problem ?

D : Can you water the flowers in the garden? b / A : May I help you ?

A : Do you need any help ?

B : Let me help you .

A : Yes . That is very kind of you .

VI. Homework : 1. Copy all the exercises in their notebooks .

2. Prepare the next lesson

REVISION

Preparation date: 5/11/2019 Teaching date : 13/11/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss ‘be able toUse past simple tense,Preposition,used to,use ,present tense with future,gerunds,modals,adverbs of manner,commands,requests and advice in reported speech 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3.Attitudes: Students love more their subjects 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1. Warm up: Warm up: - Holding the class in order and check the - Holding the class in order and check old lesson. the old lesson.

- Call a pupil to give exanples using Used - Call a pupil to give exanples using to... and modal verbs with can, could Used to... and modal verbs with can, could 2. Presentation: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Present simple: Form: - S+ Is/am/ are + (O) - S+ V( s/es)+ (O) Use of it Example Adv:always, usually, sometime, often, never * Past simple: - Form: S+V- Past + (O) 1-Past simple tense - Adv: ago, last, yesterday ….

2-Preposition of time: in,on,at, Use of “ Used to” after,before,between eg.

3-Use :used to * Adverbs of manner: - Form: adj + ly = adv

4. Adverbs of manner

- use: - Good – well; fast – fast; hard – hard * Prepositions.

In , on, of , at, about, to , for, behind, under, beneath, between, above, ....

- Form & position - Retell the prepositions ? Use of them? Correct

*Gerund: - V( ing) - It is used after prep, Some Vs: like… * Modal verbs: - can, may, could, should.... * Reported speech of commands, requests, advice - Reposted speech of command, requests - Form: Tell/ aks+ Sbd+ to + V(inf) + ( O) - Advice in reported speech - Advice+ Sbd + to + V(inf)+ ( O) - Say + S + should + V(inf) + (O) - examples 3. Practice: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Complete the sentences with the suitable words or phrases in the bracket 1. ……problem , sir ! ( any/ without / No) 2. …… I help you , madam ? ( should /

. * Form : S + V + a / an + adjective + noun or : S + be + Adjective S + V + adverb * Use : Adj modifies the noun after it / the subject 5. Modal : Should + Form : S + Should +infinitive + Use : give advice + Meaning : nen ( lam gi ) Modals: may , can , could 6.Commands , requests in reported speech 7. Advice in reported speech - Explain the form of it * Form : S + said ( that ) + S + should + V ...

8.Present tense with future meaning: => We use simple present tense to express an action that happens in the future 9.Gerunds: Enjoy,Cosider,Practice, Finish,Avoid(tranh),Admit (nhan ),Delay (hoan)Miss, can’t help(Ko the Ko) mind(quan tam) ,love, like, hate+gerunds IV. (2 ps) change the following sentences in to reported speech: 1/ " Please open your book" Nam said to Hoa. Nam asked Hoa to open her book.

2/ " You should practicespeaking English more" Nga said to me.

-. Nga told me that I should practice speaking English more

may / need) 3. Yes .That is very ………of you . ( help / kind / fine ) 4. Could you ………….. me a favor ? ( do / make / take ) 5. I am ………….. . I am really busy . ( pity / not good / sorry ) 6. Do you………… any help ? ( have / need / think ) 7. Are you ………forward to the vacation ? ( look / to look / looking ) 8. ………... me help you . ( give / let / ask ) * Rewrite these sentences as directed 1.“ Please lend me my book , Lan , “ said Hoa .

Hoa asked …………

2.“ I will pay back the money . “ said she .

She promised……………..

3. “ You should practice speaking English everyday , “ The teacher said we …..

4. “ Could you help me ? “ Mrs Jackson said to Mary .

Mrs Jackson …………..

Answer keys 1. no 2. may 3. Kind 4. Do 5. Sorry 6. Need 7. Looking 8. let

Hoa asked Lan to lend her book

She promised she will pay back the money The teacher said we should practice speaking English everyday , “ Mrs Jackson asked Mary to help her

Could you help me Can you help me

4. Futher practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Complete the dialogue A : ……………………….. , please ?

B : Sure . What can I do you for you ?

A : ……….carry the suitcase for me ? It is

No problem/ Not at all

heavy .

B : Certainly . I will help you .

A : Thank you very much .

B : ……………………… .

5.Production: - ask ss to repeat some structures - copy down these exercises in their note books - Remind Ss to study at home and revise the main grammar structures from unit 4 to unit 6. Prepare for the next test

. Homework: - Remind Ss to study at home and revise the main grammar structures from unit 4 to unit 6. Prepare for the next test

Preparing date: Teaching date:

week: Period:

written test I. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: - By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to check themselves and do the tests better 2. Skills: Listening, speaking, reading, writing 3. Attitude: - Students should revise the old lessons 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, capacity to use language - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: sensitive and responsible II. PREPARATIONS: 1.Teacher: copied papers, laptop 2.Students: pens III. MATRIX: Topics/ language & skills

Objective

IListening Topic 4-6

1. Listen to the story, then answer True or False

(20 %)

Knowledge

4 items 1 point

Comprehension Subjec tive

Objective 2.Listen to the story again , then choose the correct answer 4 items 1 point

Subjective

Application Low

Total

High

8 items 2 points 20 %

IIGrammar and Vocab Topic 4-6 (30 %)

1.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.

2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences 12 items 3 points

IIIReading Topic 4-6

12 items 3points 30%

1.Read the passage and tick ( ) True or False.

( 20%) 4 items 1 point

2.Read the passage and choose the best answer A, B, C for each gap.

4 items 1 point

IVWriting Topic 4-6

1. Choose the best answer A, B, C,D 4 items 1 point

(30 %)

Total

8 items 2 points 20%

16 items 4.0 points 40%

Hung Cuong Secondary School Class: ………

Student’s name : ……………………..

12 items 3.0 points 30%

2. Rewrite the following sentences 1 item 2point

5 items 3.0 points 30%

5 items 3 points 30% 33 items 10 points 100%

KIỂM TRA 45 PHÚT SỐ 2 - NĂM HỌC 2019-2019 Môn: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8 Thời gian làm bài: 45 phút Marks

Teacher’s Opinion

PART I : LISTEN 1. Listen to the story, then answer True or False (1pt) 1. A farmer lived a hard life with his family.

2. His chickens laid many eggs.

3. One of his chicken laid a gold egg.

4. He cut open all the chickens to find more gold eggs 2.Listen to the story again , then choose the correct answer (1pt) 5. Once a farmer lived a ………………. life with his family.

A.happy B.comfortable C.upset D.hard life 6. One day, he went to ……………….the eggs.

A.collect B.buy C.sell D.sent 7. He discovered one of the………laid a gold egg.

A. chickens B.bird C.duck D.goose 8. The wife and her husband shouted ,” we’re…..”

A.poor B.rich C.happy D.billion PART II: GRAMMAR AND VOCAB 1.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest(1pt) b. wisdom c. wife d. tiger 9. a. fire 10. a. played b.listened c.wanted d. opened 11. a. face b.class c.grade d. late 12. a. century b.cage c.create d. camera 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences (2pts).

13. ............. did Lan Lan get good marks? - Because she studies hard. a. How b. When c. Where d. Why 14. They like ………….socccer and reading books a. play b. playing c. plays d. played 15. He is old enough to look after ..................... a. herself b. himself c. ourselves d. myself 16. The red bag is the same ………….the blue one. a. to b. from c. as d. with 17. The bag on the left is different …………..the bag on the right

a. to b. with c. from d. as 18. We always celebrate Vietnamese Teachers’ Day ..........November 20th every year.. a. on b. in c .at d. of 19. Lan and Ba enjoy ..........speaking English very much. a. practice b. to practice c. practicing d. practiced 20. We..................in Thach Thanh last year . a. lives b. have lived c. lived d.has lived PART IV: READ 1.Read the passage and tick ( ) True or False. (1pt) Ho Chi Minh Communist Youth Union was founded on March 26 ,1931 in Viet Nam. It builds character, love for nation and encourages good citizenship, soft skills and personal fitness.

The recycling program can help people to save natural recourses. The “ Rosy Smile ” program helps raising funds for the poor children.The “ Green Sunday ” program makes the city more beautiful with clean streets, plenty of trees and flowers.

It’s held on Sunday morning every month.

21.Ho Chi Minh Communist Youth Union was founded on November 20.

22.The “Rosy smile ” program can help people to natural resources.

23.The “ Green Sunday ’’ program makes the city more beautiful 24. The “ Green Sunday ” is held on Sunday morning every month.

2.Read the passage and choose the best answer A, B, C for each question.(1pt) Lan started learning English when she was in grade 6. In her first year Lan had difficulty in learning English. She didn't know how to learn vocabulary. Her pronunciation of English words was bad and her English grammar was even worse.

She used to get poor marks with the English subject. One day at the beginning of the second semester her teacher of English, Mr. Tri gave her a cassette and asked her to listen to it.

He showed Lan different ways of learning English words. He asked her to do grammar exercises in workbook. He also told good students in her class to help her with her homework.

One year later her English was satisfactory. "Now I'm in grade 8", she said, "I don't find English very difficult."

25. Lan started learning English when she was………………….

A. 6 years old B. in grade 6 C. in primary school D. sixteen 26. She needed to improve ……………………………

A. vocabulary B. pronunciation C. grammar D. pronunciation , grammar and vocabulary 27. She used to get …………….marks with the Engish subject.

A. good B bad C. badly D. the best 28. Her English much better after ……………………………

A. one day

B. one week

C. one month

D. one year

PART IV: WRITE 1. Choose the best answer A, B, C, D for each question(1pt) 29 - Which sentence is correct?

A. Do your brother watches TV in the evening?

B. Is your brother watches TV in the evening?

C. Does your brother watches TV in the evening?

D. Does your brother watch TV in the evening?

30 - Which sentence is correct?

A. There is a flower garden to the left of the house.

B. There is a flowers garden to the left of the house.

C. There is a flower garden the left of the house.

D. There is a flower gardens to the left of the house.

31 - “ It’s 9:45 now.” means: ________________.

A. It’s nine past forty- five.

B. It’s a quarter to ten C. It’s forty- five nine D. It’s a quarter to nine.

32 - There/ big/ well/ front/ house/. (Choose the correct sentence) A. There is big well in front of the house.

B. There are big wells in front of the house.

C. There is a big well in front of the house.

D. There are big well in front of the house 2.Rewrite the following sentences. (2pts)(ViÕt l¹i c¸c c©u sau ) 33. Miss Jackson said: “ You should improve your English pronunciation, Tim” => Miss Jackson said Tim ……………………………

34. He said to me, “Can you turn on the TV?” => He told me...............................................................................................................

35.He said to me: " Don't forget to post the letter." => He told me …………………………………………………………………………..

36. She isn’t strong. She can’t carry the table.( using enough to +V) => She isn’t .................................................................................................................

37.I live on a farm once ,but I don’t any more. ( used to + to infinitive) => I used to ……………………………………………………………………… ĐÁP ÁN BÀI KT 45’ SỐ 2- NĂM HỌC 2019-2019 Môn: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 8

2. 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Key F T T T B A A B B C B A D B B C

Sentence 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Key C A C C F F T T B D B D D A B C

WRITE: 0.4 p for each correct sentences 33, Miss Jackson said Tim should improve his English pronunciation 34, He told me to turn on the TV 35,She isn’t strong enough to carry the table 36. The weather is warm enough to go swimming 37, I used to live on a farm (Tape: Unit 4- Listen)

(Mã đề 2 – đảo xáo trộn các câu) V. PRODUCTION: - Ask Sts to do the exercises in the exercise book.

- Prepare for the next period.

Week: 13 Period:39

UNIT 7 MY NEIGHBORHOOD Lesson 1 : Getting started +Listen and read

Preparation date: 9/11/2019 Teaching date : 17/11/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson ,Ss will be able to know more about Na,s new neighbor .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1. Warm up (5’) Getting started * Answers : a. grocery store :cửa hàng thực phẩm - Ask Ss to match the names of places with b. stadium the suitable pictures c. wet market:chợ cá tươi sống - Ask for their meanings to make sure Ss d. drug store know exactly what they mean e. hairdresser,s * Answers : a. grocery store :cửa hàng thực phẩm f. swimming pool b. stadium c. wet market:chợ cá tươi sống d. drug store e. hairdresser,s f. swimming pool -T &Ss correct -T give ss’ marks 2. Pre - reading : Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Pre – teach vocabulary * Checking vocabulary : What and where b. Guiding questions : - Set the scene “ Nam and Na are talking about the place where they live . But Na is new there . “ Questions : a. How long has Nam lived in that neighborhood ? b. Where does Na want to go ?

I.Vocabulary : - close by (adv) : a short distance :gần - to serve : give sb food or drink: phục vụ - a pancake : bánh rán - tasty (a) = delicious (a) :ngon ,hợp khẩu vị

- Ask Ss to listen to the tape and predict the answers and call on some Ss to read their predictions and write them on the board .

3. While - reading : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country 1. Ask Ss to read silently the dialogue between Nam and Na then ask them if their answers are correct or not .

- Give feedback : . 2. Ask Ss to do the exercise 2 / 64 individually , then compare with their partners .

- Call on some Ss to read their answers and give feedback 3. Answers given : - Give Ss some answers and ask them to make questions . a. Nam has lived here for 10 years . b. Yes. my mother is too tired to cook . c. The restaurant serves Hue food . d. Hue food is very good.

- Ask Ss to work in pairs to practice asking and answering 4. Post - reading : Write - Ask Ss to write a passage about their neighborhood by answering the following questions a. How long have you lived in your neighborhood ? b. Do you like it ? Why ? c . Is there a restaurant / post – office / market / bank / shop in your neighborhood ? d.How do you do to keep your neighborhood clean ?

- Move around the class and help Ss - Call on some Ss to read their writings aloud .

- Correct mistakes .

5.Production : 1. Write the complete writing about their neighborhood .

2. Do exercise in workbook .

II.Read:.

->Key: a.Nam has lived there for 10 years. b.Na wants to go to the restaurant to cook dinner tonight III.Exercise 2 / 64 a. new b. last week c. tired d. restaurant e. Hue f. pancakes IV.Answers given => Key: a. How long has Nam lived here ? b. Is Na,s mother tired ? c. What kind of food does the restaurant serve ? d. What is the food like ?

V.Write Eg:I has lived in my neighborhood for 14years.I like it very much because it is beautiful,quiet and air is fresh,too.There is a restaurant,a post office,a market,a bank,and some shops in my neighborhood.I usually clean the street every Sunday morning.I plant trees along the sidewalk with my neighbors in the spring…

VI/ Homework : 1. Write the complete writing about their neighborhood .

2. Do exercise in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson

3. Prepare the next lesson -------------------------------o0o------------------------------

Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………….

Week: 14 Period: 40

UNIT 7 MY NEIGHBORHOOD Lesson 2 : Speak +Listen

Preparation date: 14/11/2019 Teaching date : 22/11/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to talk how to send parcels or letters ,know what Na is going to do on the weekend by listening.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1 . Warm up : Chatting (5’) - Show a letter and ask Ss some Brainstorming and guessing questions - Ask Ss to look at 4 advertisements of “ + What is this ? what is on this week” ? + Where can I post it to my friend ? and get Ss to guess what is in the + How can I post it ? bank 2-3-4 + How much ?

1. Movies + Is it more expensive when I send a 2. Place -> Stadium ,School ground parcel ? + Have you ever sent a letter ,City , Town ground or a parcel ?

3. Activity -> drama / play ,English Lead in the new lesson Speak Club / Contest ,Dancing ,Picture Or Brainstorming and guessing Exhibition ,Music - Ask Ss to look at 4 advertisements of “ 4. Place -> Gallery ,Culture house what is on this week” ? ,School ,City hall and get Ss to guess what is in the bank 2-3-4 1. Movies 2. Place -> Stadium ,School ground ,City , Town ground 3. Activity -> drama / play ,English Speak Club / Contest ,Dancing ,Picture Exhibition ,Music 4. Place -> Gallery ,Culture house ,School ,City hall I.Vocabulary:.

- airmail : letter or parcel sent by air A.Speak: (22’) :Thư gửi bàng đường hàng không ,máy 2. Prespeaking:

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Pre- teach vocabulary : * Checking vocabulary : Rub out and remember b. Reading comprehension - Set the scene “ Mrs Kim wants to send a parcel to Qui Nhon , so she has to go to the post office .”

- Give Ss some questions and ask Ss to work in pairs to compare their answers .

- Ask Ss to read the dialogue and find out the answers a. Does Mrs Kim send the parcel airmail or surface mail ? Why ? b. What is the weight of her parcel ? c. How much does she pay ?

- Call on Ss to ask and answer the questions 3. While speaking -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Call on a student to play role of Mrs Kim and practice the dialogue with teacher ( clerk ) - Call on some pairs to practice the dialogue . Correct their pronunciation - Call on some pairs to practice the dialogue in front of class .

4. Post speaking : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Pre - listening : Set the scene “ Na is new in the neighborhood . She is talking to Nam about what she is going to do on the weekend”

bay - surface mail : letter or parcel sent by bus , train or ship …thư gửi bằng đường bộ ,thư thường - charge ( n ) : cước phí,lệ phí -brochure: bảng quảng cáo -a new comer:Người mới đến -town ground:khu đất trống -advertisement:quảng cáo -a photographer :thợ chụp ảnh -exhibition(n):trưng bầy ,triển lãm -millennium:thiên niên kỷ -a contest:kì thi -a performance:chương trình biểu diễn II.Read p 64+65: * Answers : a. Mrs Kim send the parcel surface mail because it is much cheaper . b. Her parcel is five kilograms . c. She pays 19, 200 dongs III.Speak: Letter/KonTum/surfacemail/20g/800don g Expected dialogue 1 Clerk : Can I help you ?

Mrs Lan : I want to send a letter to Kontom .

Clerk : Do you want to send it airmail or surface mail ?

Mrs Lan : I send it airmail . How much is it ?

Clerk : Let me see . Mmm , 20 grams , it is only 800 dongs .

Mrs Lan : Here you are .

Clerk : Thank you B. Listen I. Gap fill prediction: II.Listen: a. The new comer b. Town Ground c. English speaking contest d . Culture House III.T/F/No information statements: a. Na does not know the neighborhood

- Ask Ss to listen to the tape twice and give the answers and fill in the blanks in each advertisement While - listening : a. Listening task 1 - Let Ss listen to the tape twice and give the answers - Give feedback b. Listening task 2 :

T/F/No information statements - Ask Ss to read the statements in the exercises 2/66 - Get Ss to guess which is true , which is false which has no information - Ask Ss to share their ideas with their friends .

- Give feedback - Let Ss listen to the conversation again n and tick in the correct boxes : True ? False or No information c.Comprehension questions - Ask Ss some questions to check their understanding of the conversation .

- Turn on the tape again . a. Does Na like movies ? b. Why will not she go to see the film “ The New comer “ ? c. Why will not Na go to the photo exhibition ? d. Who will Na go to the soccer match with ? e. What time does the match start ?

Post - Listening : - Ask Ss to work in groups to talk to their friends about what Na is going to do this weekend .

- Call on some volunteers from each group to tell the whole class about Na 5.Production -Retell the lesson 1. Do exercises in workbook .

very well T b. Na does not like movies F c. Na will go to the photo exhibition this weekend F d. Na will not go to the English speaking Contest T e. Na will go to the soccer match with Nam T f. Nam is a soccer fan . NO *Key: a.T c.F b.F d.T e.T f.N IV.Answers: a.Yes,she does. b.Because she has seen it before. c.Because she has to see the soccer match between Le Do school andQuang Trung school-the best U 15 teams in their province.Her brother plays in the match. d.Minh and Ba. e.4 p.m

V/ Homework : (1’) 1. Do exercises in workbook .

2. Copy the three dialogues in their notebooks .

3. Prepare the next lesson

2. Copy the three dialogues in their notebooks .

3. Prepare the next lesson Week: 14 Period: 41

UNIT 7 MY NEIGHBORHOOD Lesson 3 : Read

Preparation date:18/11/2019 Teaching date : 24/11/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able understand the passage about a new shopping Mall 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Content 1. Warm up : Guessing the words 1. a place where you can buy - Give Ss the definitions and get Ss to find everything out the words as quickly as possible .

2. A place where you can buy 1. a place where you can buy everything vegetables and fruit .

2. A place where you can buy vegetables 3. A place where you can buy books . and fruit .

4. A place where you can come to eat .

3. A place where you can buy books .

5. A place where you can come to see 4. A place where you can come to eat . the movies . 6.A person who comes to 5. A place where you can come to see the the store and buys something . movies . 6.A person who comes to the store and buys something . => Lead in the new lesson T & Ss correct. .T gives ss’ marks.

Teacher’s and students’ activities

2. Pre - reading :(5’) Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words to

Ss : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *Pre – teach vocabulary : * Checking vocabulary : What and where

3. While - reading (23’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a- Ask Ss to read the text silently and compare their or get more information .

- Give feedback - Explain the meanings of some phrases rapidly b . Brainstorming : - Set the scene “ In Nam,s neighborhood , there is a new shopping mall .

- Ask Ss to think about the convenience of the mall . *Possible answers : - wide selection of goods - lower prices - buy many things at the same time - have fun or relax while shopping - shop in comfort - customers don’t care of the weather

c. True / False statements - Have Ss look at the statements in the box and get them to read the text again and

I.Vocabulary: - a roof ( picture ) - convenient = thuận lợi - a selection = a process of choosing :Sự lựa chọn carefully - available = sẵn có để dùng , có thể để dùng - a mall = many stores , restaurants , even movies theaters are under one roof . :khu thương mại - a resident = cư dân II. Read p67

III.Brainstorming Possible answers : - wide selection of goods - lower prices - buy many things at the same time - have fun or relax while shopping - shop in comfort - customers don’t care of the weather + under one roof :dưới 1 mái vòm + shop in comfort ;mua sắm thoải mái + take their business chiếm sự buôn bán của họ + offer a wider selection cống hiến sự lựa chọn rông rãi + especialty stores : các cửa hàng đặc biệt + have been concerned about:quan tâm đến IV.True / False statements 1.F.- The mall is open daily 2.F- There are 50 stores in the mall 3.F.- Not everyone is pleased . The owner of the small stores on Tran Phu Street are not happy

decide which statements are true , which are false .

1. The mall is open six days a week .

2. There are more than 50 stores in the mall .

3. Everyone in the neighborhood is pleased about the new mall .

4. It will be more comfortable to shop in the mall than in the present shopping area .5.

Some of the stores on Tran Phu Street may have to close .

- Have Ss correct the false statements * Comprehension questions : - Ask Ss to work in pairs to answer the questions in the exercise 2/ 68 - Call on Ss to practice asking and answering the questions a.What is special about the new shopping mall? b.What facilities are available in the shopping mall? c.What do the small store owners think about the new shooping mall? d.What kinds of goods will the stores in the mall offer?

- Get all Ss to work in pairs - Give feedback

4. Post - reading : (10’) - Give a situation and ask Ss to discuss it “ Do you want to have a new mall in your neighborhood ? If there is one , what will happen to the residents ? “ - Call on some Ss to demonstrate in front of class 5.Production : (1’) 1. Copy their ideas about there is a mall in their neighborhood .

2. Do exercises in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson

4.T 5.T

V. Answers the questions:2 p68 a.It is very different from the present shopping area.All the shops are under one roof.That will be very convenient,especially during the hot and humid summer months.Customers will shop in comfort and won’t notice the weather. b.In the shopping mall, there are 50 air –conditioned specialty stores ,4 movie theaters and 10 restaurants ;there is alsoa children ‘s play area. c.They think the new shopping mall will take their business.. d.The stores in the mall will offer a wide selection of products,some kinds of goods are at cheaper prices

VI. Homework : (1’) 1. Copy their ideas about there is a mall in their neighborhood .

2. Do exercises in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson

Week: 14 Period: 42

UNIT 7 MY NEIGHBORHOOD Lesson 4 : Write

Preparation date: 19/11/2019 Teaching date : 27/11/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to write a notice 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities

Content

1. Warm up : (5’) Chatting 1. Have you ever written a notice ?

2. To whom ?

3. What for ?

4. What type ? => Lead in the new lesson 2. Pre – writing(3’) : Introduce the topic of the writing and the scene “ The residents and store owners on Tran Phu Street are going to hold a meeting to discuss the effects of the new mall . “ -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country A. Pre- teach vocabulary :

I.Vocabulary:.

- effects (n) = ảnh hưởng - contact (v) = liên lạc - hardware store = cửa hàng bán đồ kim khí

B.Guiding questions (10’) a. Why are the residents and store owners on Tran Phu street going to hold a meeting ? b. When will they hold a meeting ? What time ? c. Where will they hold the meeting ?

II.Guiding questions a. To discuss the effects of the new mall b. They will hold the meeting on May 20 at 8 p.m c. They will hold the meeting at 12

- Get Ss to read the notice and answer some questions to check their understanding.

- Call on some pairs to practice asking answering the questions .

- Give feedback - Let Ss know how to write a notice , not write full sentences .

C.Reading : (10’) - Ask Ss to read the passage and ask some questions to check their understanding , get them to use short answers .

1. What is the English Speaking club going to hold ?

2. Where and when will it be held ?

3. What time ?

4. Who is the person contact ?

- Call on some pairs to practice asking and answering the questions .

3. While -writing :(10’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Get Ss to write the notice individually - Monitor and help them write - Ask Ss to share with their partners - Check some notices and correct them - Write the model notice on the board Suggested answers : The school English Speaking club Holding A Speaking Contest to celebrate teacher,s day Date : November 15 Time : 7.30 pm to 10.oo pm Place : Hall 204 , Building G Please contact Ms .Tran Thi Thu Hang of class 8H at the above address for more information .

4. Post - writing : (5’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to write one notice about their class meeting - Get them to work in group - Call on some Ss to demonstrate in front of

Hang Dao Street , Binh ,s hardware store .

III. Reading: *Answers: 1.A speaking contest 2.At Hall 204 Building G,from 7.30 p.m to 10.00p .m.

3. On November 15 4.Tran Thi Thu Hang IV. Write: The school English Speaking club Holding A Speaking Contest to celebrate teacher,s day Date : November 15 Time : 7.30 pm to 10.oo pm Place : Hall 204 , Building G Please contact Ms .Tran Thi Thu Hang of class 8H at the above address for more information V.Write one notice about their class meeting

class .

- Give feedback 5.Production (1’) 1. Write the completed notice in their notebooks .

2. Do exercises in workbook

VI. Homework (1’) 1. Write the completed notice in their notebooks .

2. Do exercises in workbook

-------------------------------o0o------------------------------

Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………….

Week: 15 Period: 43

UNIT 7 MY NEIGHBORHOOD Lesson 5 : Language focus

Preparation date:21/11/2019 Teaching date : 29/11/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to use Present Perfect Tense ,Use some adjectives to make comparisons 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities

1. Warm up : (5’)

Matching

Content Warm up : (5’) Matching

- Stick a poster of infinitives and Past Participles on the board.

- Divide the class into 2 teams - Get Ss form 2 teams to go to the board and write each pair of infinitive – past participle be see collected go worked lived do seen eat attended write been written eaten work attend done live collect gone

Answers : be – been write – written go – gone live – lived see – seen collect – collected do – done attend – attended eat – eaten work – worked - Get Ss to repeat in chorus and remember the past participles of irregular verbs 2. Presentation : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Set the scene “ Na is new in Nam ,s neighborhood . They are talking to each other .”

- Give Ss an open dialogue between Nam and Na , then ask them to complete it Na : How long ….. you … in this neighborhood ?

Nam : I ... here …..10 years .

Na : Really . It is a long time . * Answers : have – lived / have lived – for - Ask Ss to repeat the dialogue and ask them to practice in pairs .

3.Practice : exercise 2 p 69 -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to look at exercise 2 / 69 and

be

see

collected

lived

do

seen

write

been

written

attend

done

live

go

worked

eat

attended

eaten

work

collect

gone

Answers : be – been

write – written

go – gone

live – lived

see – seen collect – collected

do – done

attend – attended

eat – eaten

work – worked

I.Presentation Present perfect tense: => Form : have / has + past participle Use : to talk about something which started in the past and continues up to the present We often uses “ For “ and “ Since “ with the Present Perfect Tense For + length of time Since + starting point

II.Exercises :2 p 69 For five minutes Since January Since 1990 Since the Summer

decide which is the length of time and which is starting point .

- Read out a phrase , and Ss to add Since or For - Go on until Ss can remember how to use For/Since 4.Futher practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Exercises 3 p69: - Give the cues written on cards and ask Ss to make full sentences .

- Correct their pronunciation Example : a. I / live / here / last week I have lived here since last week .Exercises 4:p 70 Ask Ss to complete the conversations - Have them work in pairs - Call on some pairs to practice in front of class .

- Give feedback - Ask Ss to work in closed pairs . .Exercises 5 p70+71 * Game : Pelmanism Different cheap expensive long same modern short big small Show Ss 3 books , a red book and a yellow one which have the same size and a bigger brown dictionary then ask Ss to make comparisons Example : - The red book is the same as the yellow one - The red book is as big as the yellow one - The yellow book is different from the brown dictionary .

- The yellow is not as big as the brown dictionary . => Form : The same as.../ ( not ) as … as different from - Ask Ss to work in pairs to do the exercise 5 / 70

For three hours For 10 weeks Since Friday For 20 years

I II.Exercises 3 p69 b.haven’t eaten c.haven’t seen d.have attended e.has worked f.has collected I V.Exercises 4:p 70 1. have been 2. hope 3. have lived 4. is 5. want 6. looks 7. have been 8. have seen V.Exercises 5 p70+71 a. not as big as b. different from c. different from d. the same as e. not as big as f. the same as g. as long as h. not as modern as i. not as cheap as

- Call on some pairs to practice in front of class .

- Give feedback 5.Production -Retell the lesson VI. Homework : Copy all the exercises in their notebooks 1. Copy all the exercises in their notebooks .

Week:16 Period:44

Preparing date: 26/11/18 Teaching date:3/12/18 FEEDBACK ON TEST 45’

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: After getting back the test papers, students will be able to evaluate their knowledge and have a plan for the next time 2. Skills: To correct Ss’ errors if necessary 3. Attitude: - To give Ss the motivation to learn hard for their exam - Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: test 45’ 2.Students: notebooks III./.PROCEDURE: 1- Warm up

- How are you today?

- Are you ready for getting back the test papers?

2- Teacher's idea * Priority: - Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well.

- Ss try their best to get good marks.

- Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request.

- Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about showing.

- Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves.

- Ss find their mistakes by themselves.

- Ss share and compare with a partners.

-T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test.

-Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did.

-Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board -T: Gives the correct answers.

-Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers Key: 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Key F T T T B A A B B C B A D B B

Sentence 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Key C A C C F F T T B D B D D A B

16

C

32

C

WRITE: 0.4 p for each correct sentences 33, Miss Jackson said Tim should improve his English pronunciation 34, He told me to turn on the TV 35,She isn’t strong enough to carry the table 36. The weather is warm enough to go swimming 37, I used to live on a farm (Tape: Unit 4- Listen)

- Spend time with students to ask questions about their tests, their points.

- T asks Ss write key in notebook and correct their mistakes by themselves.

5-Production: - Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson ----------------------@0@-------------------

Week: 16 Period: 45

UNIT 8 COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE Lesson 1 : Getting started + Listen and read

Preparation date:28/11/2019 Teaching date : 5/12/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to talk about the city life and the country life 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities

1. Warm up : (5’) Chatting - Talk to Ss about life in the city and life in the country by asking some questions 1. Where do you live ?

2. Do you want to live in the city ? Why ?

3. Do you want to live in the country ? Why

Content

? => Lead in the new lesson T & Ss correct..T gives Ss’ marks 2. Pre -reading : (12’) Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words .

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Pre – teach vocabulary : * Checking vocabulary : Rub out and remember

I.Vocabulary: - a relative = uncles , aunts cousins : họ hàng - peaceful = quiet and calm (a) :thanh bình - permanently (adv) : lâu dài,mãi b. Brainstorming ( Getting started ) mãi - Get Ss to talk about city life and country life - accessible = có thể tiếp cận dược . The words in the box of getting started may - medical facilities = các dụng cụ y tế help you .

Possible answers : - tall buildings - beautiful views - plenty kinds of goods - fresh food - polluted air - fresh air - traffic jams - friendly - entertainment - peaceful - busy 3. While – reading : (17’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country A. True / false statements 1. Na lives in the city. T 2. Na went to a village which has some relatives lives there .T. 3. The village is very peaceful and quiet .T 4. Hoa prefers the city life .F - Turn on the tape and ask Ss to work in groups to predict the true / false statements .

- Call on some Ss to report their predictions and write them on the board.

- Ask Ss to read the dialogue between Na and Hoa and compare their ideas - Give feedback and get more information - Call on some pairs to practice the dialogue

II.Read: *Answers: 1.T 2.T 3.T 4.F III.*Answers:Exercise 2 p 73 a. Na has been to Kin Lien village b. She was there for the weekend c. to her , the countryside is peaceful and quiet and there is nothing to do . d. There is no libraries , no movies , no supermarket , no zoos … e. Country life is becoming better .

Many remote area are getting

2. Comprehension questions : - Get Ss to work in pairs to answer the questions in ex 2 / 73 - Call on some pairs to practice asking answering the questions in front of class .

- Give feedback .a.Where has Na been? b.How long was she there? c.………………

- Ask Ss to work in closed pairs 4.Post - reading : (9’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Discussion - Divide the class into 4 groups . Two groups include Ss who prefer the city life and the others include Ss who prefer the country life .

- Ask Ss to work in groups to answer the questions “ Do you prefer the city or the country life ?Why ? “ - Call on 4 pioneers from 4 groups to show their ideas before class .

5.Production -Retell the lesson - Learn by heart new words and copy two lines for each word -Copy the answers in their notebooks .

- Prepare the next lesson Week: 16 Period: 46

electricity . People can now have things like refrigerators and TV , medical facilities are more accessible

IV.Discussion

V. Homework : 1. Learn by heart new words and copy two lines for each word 2. Copy the answers in their notebooks .

3. Prepare the next lesson

UNIT 8 COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE Preparation date: 30/11/2019 Teaching date : 7/12/2019 Lesson 2 : Speak+Listen

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to practice speaking about the changes of a place,complete the dialogue by listening.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence:

- General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1. Warm up (5’):Word square Ask Ss to find out 7 adjectives : - Ask Ss to work in 2 teams - Ask Ss to go to the board and circle the word they find - The team which circles more words will win the game .

Modern – dirty – busy – noisy – tall – Word square expensive – beautiful E X P E N S I B E X P E N S I B O A M D N U V E O A M D N U V E U B O I S V E A U B O I S V E A I C D R T R T U I C D R T R T U Y L E T L L A T Y L E T L L A T S M R Y H G L I S M R Y H G L I U O N O I S Y F U O N O I S Y F B P T F D E L U B P T F D E L U or Matching - Prepare eight cards with phrases on them Modern – dirty – busy – noisy – tall – - Write eight verbs on the board ( play , expensive – beautiful do , watch , go , clean , have , phone , speak ) - Divide the class into 2 teams - Hand out each team 8 cards - Ask Ss to stick the cards with phrases besides the suitable verbs - The team which is faster is the winner * Answers : Answers : - play table tennis - play table tennis - do my homework - do my homework - watch a program - watch a program - go to a violin lesson - go to a violin lesson - clean the house - clean the house - have a meeting - have a meeting - phone my aunt , Mrs Hang - phone my aunt , Mrs Hang

- speak to Mom => Lead in the new lesson A. Speak:(20’) 2.Pre –speaking (5’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Setting the scene “ Hoa,s grand father is 78 “ - Five years ago , she was 73 and she was stronger than she is now .

- Ask Ss to make a sentence about her health => Hoa,s grand father is getting weaker + Form : am / is / are + V-ing + Use : used to describe changes with get and become

3. While – speaking : (10’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to look at the two pictures on page 73 and talk to their partners about the changes of the town . The words in the box under the pictures may help you - Write the word prompts on the board so that Ss can speak easily - Get Ss to work in pairs - Monitor and help Ss speak 4. Post - speaking : (10’) -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Pre - listening (2’) - Set the scene “ Aunt Hang is talking to Lan on the phone . She is coming to visit Lan in Hanoi “ - Ask Ss to predict information in the dialogue .

- speak

to Mom

A .Speak: I .Presentation: + Form : am / is / are + V-ing + Use : used to describe changes with get and become+ Form : am / is / are + V-ing + Use : used to describe changes with get and become II.Speak: - traffic - > busy - sky -> cloudy - houses -> high - city -> beautiful - trees - > green

* Possible answers : - The traffic is getting busier .

- There are more tall buildings and houses .

- The houses are getting more modern - The town is becoming more beautiful .

- The streets are becoming cleaner / larger / noisier

B.Listen:

1. that

2. this

- Call on some Ss to report their predictions While - listening : (10’) - Turn on the tape and check their predictions - Let them listen twice and find out the missing words individually .

- Ask Ss to share their answers with their partners - Call some Ss to read their results Give feedback Post - listening (6’) - Ask Ss to play the roles of Lan and Aunt Hang to practice the dialogue 5.Production -Retell the lesson - Copy down the completed dialogue in their notebooks - Do exercises in work book -Write some sentences , using Present Progressive Tense to describe changes in their school - Prepare the next lesson

Week: 17 Period: 47

3. It is 4. where 5. from 6. coming 7. next week 8. arriving 9. Thursday 10 . late 11. afternoon 12 . speak 13. my 14 . get her

V/ Homework : 1. Copy down the completed dialogue in their notebooks .

2. Do exercises in work book 3Write some sentences , using Present Progressive Tense to describe changes in their school 3. Prepare the next lesson

UNIT 8 COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE Lesson 3 : Read

Preparation date: 3/11/2019 Teaching date : 10/12/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss’ll be able to understand the text about one of the social problems 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities 1. Warm up : (5’) Jumbled words : - Write the words with disordered letters on the board . + Fulentipl -> plentiful + taneru -> nature + loofd -> flood + roestdy -> destroy + viroped -> provide + suertl -> result + ciliestial -> facilities - Ask them to write the correct words on the board and repeat chorally , individually => Lead in the new lesson .

2.Pre- reading : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Introduce the topic of the passage reading and some new words to Ss . a. Pre - teach vocabulary : * Checking vocabulary : What and where b. Brainstorming : - Ask Ss to think of the difficulties of farmers,life Possible answers : droughts / the weather / hard work / no vacations / lack of clean water / electricity / insects destroy harvests ..

- Ask Ss to work in groups to guess how farmers deal with difficulties - Call on some Ss to report their predictions

Content . Jumbled words : + Fulentipl -> + taneru -> + loofd -> + roestdy -> + viroped -> + suertl -> + ciliestial ->

plentiful nature flood destroy provide result facilities

I.Vocabulary: - rural (adj ) : thuộc nông thôn - urban ( adj ) >< rural: thành thị - strain (n) = su qúa tải ( dan so ) - typhoon (n) = storm (n) :trận bão lớn - drought (n) : nạn hạn hán - to struggle = dấu tranh - migrant (n) : dân di cư .

- to increase = tăng lên , tăng thêm

and write them on the board 3. While - reading : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Let Ss listen to the tape and read the text silently to check their predictions .

- Answer “ What do many farmers do to solve their problem ? “ => They have to move to the city so that they can get well – paid jobs .

- Call on some Ss to read the text in front of class . a. Gap- filling : - Ask Ss to work in pairs o complete summary , using the information from the passage .

- Call on some volunteers to report their results - Give feedback - Call on some Ss to read the complete passage aloud b. Finding the words - Ask Ss to read the text again and work with their partners - Call them to report their results - Give feedback

4.Post - reading : Discussion -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Give a situation : If you were a Minister , what would you do for farmers ?

- Ask Ss to work in groups to discuss - Call on 4 volunteers from 4 groups to show their ideas before the class .

II.Read p 75:

III .Gap fill p 75: 1. leaving 2. home 3. city 4. rural 5. city 6. problems 7. schools 8. hospitals 9. problem 10 . world

IV. Finding the words p75: a. rural =of the countryside :nông thôn b. plentiful =as many as needed :nhiều c. increase =become greater or larger:tăng d. strain =a great pressure :sự qúa tải e. tragedy =a terrible event:thảm kịch f. urban=of the city or city life :thuộc đô thị ,thành phố

V.Discussion: If you were a Minister , what would you do for farmers ? * Suggested answers : - build streets , theaters , stadiums in the countryside - build schools , hospitals

5.Production -Retell the lesson - Write 5 things that government should do for the rural areas .

- Do exercises in workbook .

- Prepare the next lesson Week: 17 Period: 48

- provide clean water , electricity , facilities - build factory V. Homework : 1. Write 5 things that government should do for the rural areas .

2. Do exercises in workbook .

3. Prepare the next lesson

UNIT 8 COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE Lesson 4 : Write

Preparation date: 7/12/2019 Teaching date : 12/12/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to write letters to their friends about their neighborhood 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities 1.Warm up(5’).

Brainstorming : - Ask Ss to think of the difficulties of farmers,life droughts / the weather / hard work / no vacations / lack of clean water / electricity / insects destroy harvests - Ask Ss to work in groups to guess how farmers deal with difficulties - Call on some Ss to report their

Content

.Warm up Brainstorming : - Ask Ss to think of the difficulties of farmers,life droughts / the weather / hard work / no vacations / lack of clean water /

predictions and write them on the board T & Ss corect .& gives Ss’ marks.

electricity / insects destroy harvests

I / Revision : 1. Heading - Writer,s address - Date 2. Opening : - Dear ………... , Revision : - Ask Ss to put the outline for an informal 3. Body of letter letter in the correct order .

4. closing - Prepare 6 cards with 6 outlines on them .

- Call 6 Ss to hold them and stand in a random order - Ask some other Ss to rearrange them in the correct order .

- Write the answer on the board and ask Ss to copy .

2. Pre- writing : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion II. Answer the questions: group, technical present…. a. I live at 32 Nguyen van Linh St in Hien -C: Co-operation, communication,… nam/An Tao -Q: Love family, friends and country b. It is small but it is beautiful.

- Ask Ss to work in pairs to answer the c. I can see flowers & vegetables in the questions .Page 76: small garden. a. Where do you live? d.It is about 500m. b.What does your house look like? e.by bike. c.What can you see from your bedroom f.school,hospital,bank & many shops. window? g.I like my school best because there are d.How far is it from your house to many my fiends and my teachers.. school? e.How do you get to school? f.What kinds of facilities are there in your neighborhood? g.What things in your neighborhood do you like best? Why? - Call on some pairs to practice asking and answering the questions - Give feedback 3. While - writing : III. Write: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion * Suggested letter : ( Writer,s address)( group, technical present….

Date ) -C: Co-operation, communication,…

Dear ...., -Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to write letters to friends about their neighborhood - Let them write individually .

- Have them compare with their partners

and correct if they can . ( Signature ) 4. Post - writing : Correction -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Choose some letters to correct before class and ask them to read them aloud

5.Production -Retell the lesson -Write their letters on their notebooks -Prepare the next lesson

I live in ….. , a small town . My family has a large house with four rooms and a small garden . My sister and I share one bedroom . From the bedroom window , I can see a beautiful park with green tress , flowers and a pond . we do not live far form my school so I usually walk there .

In my neighborhood , there is a swimming pool and a beautiful park . On the weekend , I often go swimming with my friends . Early in the morning , I always jog with my sister around the park . But the thing I like best in my neighborhood is the public library near my school . There I not only can study and read books but also watch video and learn how to use the computer .

Do you have a library like that in your neighborhood ? Is there anything interesting in the place where you live ?

Write to me I would like to say goodbye now . I am looking forwards to hearing from you soon .

Love , IV / Homework : 1. Write their letters on their notebooks 2. Prepare the next lesson

-------------------------------o0o------------------------------

Week: 17 Period: 49

UNIT 8 COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE Lesson 5 : Language focus

I.Objectives.

Preparation date: 7/12/2019 Teaching date : 14/12/2019

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss will be able to use Present progressive ,Use comparative and superlative adjectives 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities 1. Warm up :(5’) Matching A B Ke y 1. play a. to Mom 1.b 2. do b. table tennis 2.g 3. watch c. a program 3.c d. a meeting 4. go 4.h e. my aunt , Mrs 5. clean 5.f 6. have Hang 6.d 7. phone f. the house 7.e 8. speak g. my homework 8.a h. to violin lesson - Call 2 volunteers from 2 teams to do the matching T &Ss correct. T gives Ss’ marks 2.Presentation -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a.Grammar: . 1.Comparative and superlative adjectives - Remind Ss of the forms of comparative and superlative adjectives

Content Matching A B 1. play a. to Mom 2. do b. table tennis 3. watch c. a program 4. go d. a meeting 5. clean e. my aunt , Mrs 6. have Hang 7. phone f. the house 8. speak g. my homework h. to violin lesson

Key 1.b 2.g 3.c 4.h 5.f 6.d 7.e 8.a

I.Grammar: 1.Comparative and superlative adjectives : * Comparative :

* Irregular adjectives good/ well – better – the best bad – worse – the worst many – more – the most little – less – the least b.Present progressive tense: => What tense do we use in 6 dialogues of exercise 2 p78?

What is the form ?

Look at the adverbs of time in the dialogue . Are they at present or in the future ?

Present Progressive Tense is used to talk about the future=> What tense do we use in 6 dialogues ?

What is the form ?

Look at the adverbs of time in the dialogue . Are they at present or in the future ?

3. Practice : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a. Ex 1 p 77: Ask Ss to practice the dialogue as example S1 : Is the boat to Qui Nhon leaving at 11.

30 ?

S2 : Is that good fortune ?

S1 : That is right S2 : I am very sorry . It has been delayed .

S1 : Oh , no !

S2 : Now , it is leaving at 13 . 45 - Give them the shipping information and ask them to make similar dialogues b. Ex 2 p78: Ask Ss to use the suitable verbs in the Present Progressive Tense to complete the exercise - Get Ss to work in pairs - Call on some pairs to practice the dialogues before class and correct c. Ex 3 p78: Present Progressive Tense is used to describe changes with “ get “ and “ become “ * Word cue Drill : Prepare six cards of cues a. The boys / get / tall

Short adj - er + than + object More long adj + than +object * Superlative : The + short adjective - est The most + long adjective 2.Present progressive tense: *Form:am/is/are + V-ing *Use: Present Progressive Tense is used to talk about the future

II / Practice: 1. Ex1/77 Ask Ss to practice the dialogue as example S1 : Is the boat to Qui Nhon leaving at 11. 30 ?

S2 : Is that good fortune ?

S1 : That is right S2 : I am very sorry . It has been delayed .

S1 : Oh , no !

S2 : Now , it is leaving at 13 . 45 - Give them the shipping information and ask them to make similar dialogues 2. Ex 2 p78: 0.’m playing 1.are doing 2.am watching 3.am going 4.are cleaning 5.am having 3.Ex 3 p78:

b. The old men / become / weak c. It / become / dark d. The weather / get / cold e. The students / get / better f. The school yard / become / cleaner - Model first two cues , then whole class repeat chorally , then some Ss read out individually - Give a new cue and go on until most of the Ss in class can remember the structure . d.Ex 4p79 : Have Ss work in pairs to make comparisons between the city and the country .

Ex : The air in the country is fresher than in the city - Let each Student read aloud one of the sentences they have made .

- Give feedback 4. Further practice : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to read the advertisements then ask them some questions to check their understanding + what are advertised ? ( an apartment , a villa and a house ) + How old are they ? ( The apartment is 2 years old , the villa is 5 years old and the house is new ) + How much do we pay per month ? ( 900,000 dongs for the apartment , 6,6 million dongs for the house and 7,8 million dongs for the villa ) - Game “ Nought and Crosses “ , using comparative and superlative adjectives :old /expensive/big Eg : - The villa is older than the apartment - The house is more expensive than the apartment 5.Production -Retell the lesson -Redo all the exercises and copy down - Prepare the next lesson

a.The boys are getting taller. b.The old menare getting weak(er). c.We should go home.It is becoming dark d.The weather is gettingcold. e.The students are getting better. f.The school yard is becomingcleaner.

4.Ex 4p79 -The air in the country is fresher than in the city -The food in the country is cheaper than in the city.

The traffic in the city is busier than in the country.

III/ Further practice : Nought and crosses: Eg : - The villa is older than the apartment - The house is more expensive than the apartment

V / Homework : 1/Redo all the exercises and copy down 2/ Prepare the next lesson Week: 18 Period: 50

ÔN TẬP HỌC KỲ I (tiết 1)

Preparation date: 10/12/2019 Teaching date : 17/12/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to grasp the knowledge they have learnt in the first semester and know how to supplement what they are short of .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities Content 1.Check up: (5') – Check some Ss' writings.

2. Presentation : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Set the scene “ Na is new in Nam ,s neighborhood . They are talking to each I / Presentation other .”

Present perfect tense: - Give Ss an open dialogue between Nam => Form : have / has + past participle and Na , then ask them to complete it -Use : to talk about something which Na : How long ….. you … in started in the past and continues up to thisneighborhood? the present Nam : I ... here …..10 years .

We often uses “ For” and “ Since”with the Present Perfect Tense Na : Really . It is a long time . * Answers : have – lived / have lived – For + length of time for Since + starting point

- Ask Ss to repeat the dialogue and ask them to practice in pairs .

3.Practice a.Exercises :2 p 69 - Ask Ss to look at exercise 2 / 69 and decide which is the length of time and which is starting point .

- Read out a phrase , and Ss to add Since or For - Go on until Ss can remember how to use For/Since b. Exercises 3 p69: - Give the cues written on cards and ask Ss to make full sentences .

- Correct their pronunciation Example : a. I / live / here / last week ->I have lived here since last week 4.Futher practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a.Exercises 4:p 70 Ask Ss to complete the conversations - Have them work in pairs - Call on some pairs to practice in front of class .

- Give feedback - Ask Ss to work in closed pairs .

b.Exercises 5 p70+71 * Game : Pelmanism Different cheap expensive long same Modern short big small - Show Ss 3 books , a red book and a yellow one which have the same size and a bigger brown dictionary then ask Ss to make comparisons Example : - The red book is the same as the yellow one - The red book is as big as the yellow one

II.Exercises :2 p 69 For five minutes Since January Since 1990 Since the Summer For three hours For 10 weeks Since Friday For 20 years III.Exercises 3 p69 b.haven’t eaten c.haven’t seen d.have attended e.has worked f.has collected

IV.Exercises 4:p 70 1. have been 2. hope 3. have lived 4. is 5. want 6. looks 7. have been 8. have seen V.Exercises 5 p70+71 a. not as big as b. different from c. different from d. the same as e. not as big as f. the same as g. as long as h. not as modern as i. not as cheap as

- The yellow book is different from the brown dictionary .

- The yellow is not as big as the brown dictionary . => Form : The same as … ( not ) as … as different from - Ask Ss to work in pairs to do the exercise 5 / 70 - Call on some pairs to practice in front of class .

- Give feedback : 5.Production -Retell the lesson.

- Copy all the exercises in their notebooks .

- Revise-Use past simple tense,Preposition,used to,use,present tense with future,gerunds,-modals,adverbs of manner,commands,requests and advice in reported speech

Week: 18 Period: 51

VI. Homework : 1. Copy all the exercises in their notebooks .

2.Revise-Use past simple tense,Preposition,used to,use,present tense with future,gerunds,modals,adverbs of manner,commands,requests and advice in reported speech

ÔN TẬP HỌC KỲ I (tiết 2)

Preparation date:12/12/2019 Teaching date : 19/12/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson , Ss will be able to grasp the knowledge they have learnt in the first semester and know how to supplement what they are short of .

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures

Teacher’s and students’ activities

1. Check up: (5') – Check some Ss' writings.

2.Presentation -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country A. Grammar (10’) - Ask Ss to repeat the tenses they have learnt in the first semester and write on the board a. The tenses : - Present Simple - Past simple - Present progressive - Present perfect - Simple future b. The form of the verbs - Modal verbs : can , could , may might - Gerund ( V- ing ) => used after some verbs such as like / dislike / hate / love / enjoy and prepositions - Have Ss to repeat and copy , then give examples with each one .

3.Practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Exercises : - Using the posters with some exercises to show . a. + Ex 7/ 43 ( workbook ) (14’) Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: Infinitive or Gerund b. Ex 5 / 46 ( workbook ) (14’) : Past simple or Present perfect - Ask Ss to work in pairs - Call on some pairs to practice in front of lass - Ask some Ss to go to the board to write them on the board - Give feedback

Content . Check up: (5') – Check some Ss' writings.

I.Gramm

1. The tenses : - Present Simple - Past simple - Present progressive - Present perfect - Simple future 2. The form of the verbs - Modal verbs : can , could , may might - Gerund ( V- ing ) => used after some verbs such as like / dislike / hate / love / enjoy and prepositions

II. Exercises 1.Ex 7/ 43 ( workbook ) : Infinitive or Gerund a.to go b.watching c.doing d.playing e.to do f.collecting g.to help 2. Ex 5 / 46 ( workbook ) : Past simple or Present perfect a.started b.have known c.did-met d.haven’t seen e.has been f.went g.moved h.have lived i. has had j. bought k.has been

4.Futher practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a.Supply the correct verb forms in brackets: IV. Practice (10 × 0,25 = 2,5 pts)

1. You (be) ……to Phong Nha before?

- Yes, we (spend) ………our holiday there last month.

2. My aunt (not visit)..…us since she (move) ……to the new town.

3. Look! Our train (come) ……

4. You should practice (speak) ………English everyday.

5.

My sister always (do)…………………the washing up, but I (do) …………………it tonight because she is sick.

6. He (cut) ………my hair too short.

- Don’t worry; It (grow) ………again quickly.

5.Production -Retell the grammar - Redo all the exercises and copy .

- Prepare the test : - Complete these sentences with the suitable words or phrases in the brackets .

- Supply the correct tense form of the verb in the brackets

1.have ..been /spent 2.has not visited – moved 3.is coming 4.speaking 5.does-am doing 6.has cut –will grow

V/Homework : 1. Redo all the exercises and copy .

2. Prepare the test : - Complete these sentences with the suitable words or phrases in the brackets .

- Supply the correct tense form of the verb in the brackets

Week: 19 Period: 52

Preparation date: 17/12/2019 Teaching date : 24/12/2019

ÔN TẬP HỌC KỲ I (tiết 3)

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss ‘be able to Use past simple tense,Preposition,used to,use ,present tense with future,gerunds,modals,adverbs of manner,commands,requests and advice in reported speech 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s and students’ activities

1.Check up: (5') – Check some Ss' writings.

2.Presentation -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country a-Past simple tense b-Preposition of time: in,on,at, after,before,between c-Use :used to d. Adverbs of manner

Content 1-Past simple tense 2-Preposition of time: in,on,at, after,before,between 3-Use :used to 4. Adverbs of manner . * Form : S + V + a / an + adjective + noun

. * Form : S + V + a / an + adjective + noun or : S + be + Adjective S + V + adverb * Use : Adj modifies the noun after it / the subject e.Modal : Should + Form : S + Should + infinitive + Use : give advice + Meaning : nen ( lam gi ) Modals: may , can , could f.Commands , requests in reported speech g. Advice in reported speech - Explain the form of it * Form : S + said ( that ) +S + should + V ... h.Present tense with future meaning: => We use simple present tense to express an action that happens in the future k.Gerunds: Enjoy,Cosider,Practice,Finish,Avoid(tranh), Admit (nhan ),Delay (hoan)Miss, can’t help(Ko the Ko)mind(quan tam) ,love, like, hate +gerunds 3.Practice . -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Change thefollowing sentences in to reported speech: 1/ " Please open yourbook" Nam said to Hoa. ->Nam asked Hoa to open her book.

2/ " You should practicespeaking English more" Nga said to me.

-> Nga told me that I should practice speaking English more

or : S + be + Adjective S + V + adverb * Use : Adj modifies the noun after it / the subject 5.Modal : Should + Form : S + Should + infinitive + Use : give advice + Meaning : nen ( lam gi ) Modals: may , can , could 6.Commands , requests in reported speech 7. Advice in reported speech - Explain the form of it * Form : S + said ( that ) +S + should + V ...

8.Present tense with future meaning: => We use simple present tense to express an action that happens in the future 9.Gerunds: Enjoy,Cosider,Practice,Finish,Avoid(t ranh),Admit (nhan ),Delay (hoan)Miss, can’t help(Ko the Ko)mind(quan tam) ,love, like, hate

+gerunds

IV.Change thefollowing sentences in to reported speech: 1/ " Please open yourbook" Nam said

to Hoa. ->Nam asked Hoa to open her book.

2/ " You should practicespeaking English more" Nga said to me.

-> Nga told me that I should practice 4.Futher practice: I. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences: 1.We ought …the wardrobe in the corner opposite the bed.

A. put B.to push C. to put 2. Lan was born in VIET NAM .Vietnamese is her ...........

A.mother tongue B.second language C.foreign language 3. We try to learn all new words ...........heart A. from B. by C.for 4.Many language learners don't learn all new words they come........................

B. with A. along C. across 5.... remember words better, we can underline or highlight.

A. In order that B. In order to C. In order 6. When I was a little girl, I used to. .. my

2 ->Why did Nga fail English test?

father’s advice.

3-.>Because she didn’t learn her

A. listen

B. listen to

C.

listening to II. Put the verbs in to the correct tenses: 1.The boys like (play) playinggames but hate doing lessons.

2.We (start) start our work on Monday and finish on Thurs.

speaking English more V. Practice Exercise1 1.c 2.a 3b 4.a 5.b 6.a Exercise2 1. playing 2.Start 3.Planting 4.to find Exercise3 1->Lan has to do her chores.…

lesson carefully

3.My sister likes ( plant) planting roses in the garden.

4.The tourist needs (find) to find the police station because he’s lost money.

III. Arrange the words or phrases into the correct sentence: 1.her / has to / Lan / chores / do.

->Lan has to do her chores.…

2.Nga / did / fail / why / English test / her ?

->Why did Nga fail English test?

3.Because / didn’t learn/ her / she / lesson carefully.

-.>Because she didn’t learn her lesson carefully 5.Production -Retell the old lesson

V/Homework: 1.Review grammar from unit 4 to unit

-Review grammar from unit 4 to unit 6

6

-Prepare kiểm tra học kỳ I

2.Prepare kiểm tra học kỳ I

-------------------------------o0o------------------------------

Week: 18 THE FIRST EXAM Preparation date: 14 /12/2019 Period: 53 Teaching date : 22 /12/2019 I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge Students will be able to summarize the knowledge they have learnt form unit 1 to unit 8 so that they can supplement what they are short of 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,â&#x20AC;Ś - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,â&#x20AC;Ś II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: Test paper , chalks , boards .2, Students': pens III.Procedures

Topics/

Knowledge

* Matrix: Comprehension 152

Application

Total

language & skills tested

Low application Objective

Subjective Objective

High application

Subjective Objective Subjective Objective Subjective

Listening Topic:4 Topic:8

Listen to the story , then choose the Percentage: correct 2.0% answer 5items 1 mark

Listen to the dialogue, then answer True or False 5 items 1 mark

10 items 2 marks

Grammar 1.Choose & Vocab the Topic:1->8 correct Percentage answer 5 tems 2.0%.

0,5. mark

Circle the 2- Give the word that has correct different form of the pronunciation verbs/ words to in the underlined complete part to others sentences 5 items 5 items 0,5mark 1 mark

15 Items

Reading Topic:1-8 Percentage 2.0%

Read the Read the passage passage ,then ,then decide answer the whether the questions statememen 5 items ts that 1mark follow are T/F 5 items 1 mark 1.Put the words in the correct order to make meaningful sentences 5 items 1 mark

Writing Topic Topic:1->8

Percentage 2.0% Total

No. of items: 10 No. of marks: 1,5 Percentage: 15%

No. of items: 30 No. of marks: 5,5 Percentage:55%

2. marks

10 Items 2 marks

. Rewrite 10 the Items sentence so 2 that it has marks similar to the first one 5 items 1 mark No. of items: 5 No. of marks: 1.

Percentage:10%

153

45 Items 8 Marks

Speaking A.Introduce yourself Percentage No. of marks: 1 2.0% Percentage:10%

2 Marks

B.Choose a topic and talk about it . No. of marks: 1 Percentage:10%

I/ LISTENING A.Listen to the passage , then choose the letter A, B, C, D representing the correct answer.(1pt) 1.A farmer lived a(n)____ life with his family.

A. comfortable

B.hard

C.easy

D.happy

2.His chickens laid____ eggs.

A.a few

B.many

C.much

D.more

3.____ of his chickens laid a gold egg.

A.Many

B.A lot of

C.One

D.Much

4.___ cut open all the chickens to find more eggs.

A.His daughter

B.His son

C.His wife

D.He

5.There were no more gold_____ for the farmer.

A.eggs

B.money

C.coins

B.Listen to the dialogue, then decide T/F statements.(1pt) 1.___Lan isnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t fine today.

2.___Lanâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s aunt Hang is calling from Hue. 3.___Mrs Hang is going with her friends.

154

D.chickens

4.___They are arriving on Thursday.

5.___Mrs Hang wants to speak to Lan’s mom.

II.GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY A.Circle the best option A, B, C, or D to complete each of the following sentences.

(0.5pt) 1.He is -----to understand this question.

A.enough intelligent

B.intelligent enough

C.so intelligent enough

D.intelligently enough

2.The children are old enough to look after-------.

A.themselves.

B.ourselves

C.herself

D.for themselves

3.She asked her children -----.

A.to stop playing

B.stop to play

C.stop playing

D.stopping to play

4.Nam-----in this town since 2000.

A.lives

B.haslived

C.lived

D.is living

5.You should walk on the-----.

A.sidewalk

B.avenue

C.street.

.D.road

B.Supply the correct form of the words in brackets(1 pt) 1.This book is ………………………. enough for me to read.

(interest)

2.He is one of the best ………………………in the world. (photograph) 3.Nam’s sister has been an……………………..for seven years. ( act) 4.Surface mail is much ……………………….than air mail. (cheap) 5.The view of this mountain is …………………..

(beauty)

C. Choose the words with different pronunciation of the underlined part (0.5pt) 1.A. drought

B.ought

C.brought

D.bought

2.A.typhoon

B.goose

C. food

D. flood

3.A.size

B.sure

C.serve

D.sound

4.A.mobile

B.enroll

C.socket

D.notice

5.A.unite

B.migrant

C.habit

D.nice

III.READING

155

A. Read the passage , then decide whether the statements that follow are True or False(1pt) The place where I live is a village. It is called North Thoresby. North Thoresby used to be a big village, but now it is quite small. These days, only about four hundred people live here. A lot of families have left the village. They have gone to work in larger towns and cities where there are more jobs.

I like our village because it is small and quiet. But my older sister doesn’t like it. It isn’t exciting enough for her. She prefers to live in a large city, where there are more cinemas and discos and teenagers.

1.____ North Thoresby is the place where the author of the passage lives.

2.____Nowadays, North Thoresby is a big village.

3.____The author likes his village because it is small and crowded.

4.____The author likes to live in larger cities because there are more jobs in the cities.

5.____ The author’s sister doesn’t like to live in North Thoresby.

B. Read the passage , then answer the questions(1pt).

Nick Johnson lives with his parents, and his sister. They live in Wembley, in north London. Nick’s mum is called Sue. She works in a supermarket. His dad is called Jim and he works in a bank. Nick’s sister is called Tracy. She is nine years old. There is also a dog in the family. His name’s Fred.

1. How many people are there in Nick Johnson’s family? ……………………………………………………………………………………….

2. Where does Nick’ family live? ……………………………………………………………………………………….

3. What’s Nick’s sister’s name? ……………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Who is Jim? ………………………………………………………………………………………

5. Does Nick’s mother work in a supermarket ? ………………………………………………………………………………………

IV.WRITING: 156

A.Rewrite these following sentences as the directed.(1pt) 1.We started living here five years ago.

-We have…………………………………………………………………………

2.Tam doesn’t type as fast as she used to.

- Tam used to……………………………………………………………………………

3. “ Don’t swim out too far , boys” I said - I warned………………………………………………………………………………

4.Tom is not as tall as Peter.

- Peter……………………………………………………………………………………

5.Peter spent 3 hours on repairing his computer.

- It took…………………………………………………………………………………

B.Make up sentences from the words given (1pt).

1.What/you/use/to do/when/you/at school? ………………………………………………………

2.Minh /use/live/farm/when/he/small boy. ………………………………………………………….

3.Grandmother/not go /school/because /have to /stay/home/help/family. …………………………………………………………………………

4.He/ often /go/ English speaking club/after/work . ………………………………………………………………………

5.They go movies/last/Sunday evening ……………………………………………………………………………..

V.SPEAKING A.Introduce yourself.(1pt) B.Choose a topic and talk about it.(1pt)

157

Week: 18 Period: 54

TEST CORRECTION 45’

Preparation date: 21 /12/2019 Teaching date : 29 /12/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson,Ss”ll be able to check their mistakes,correct their mistakesthemselves 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures ANSWER KEY Tape transcript 1 Once a farmer lived a comfortable life with his family.Hí chickens laid many eggs which the farmer used to buy food and clothing for his family.

One day , he went to collect the eggs and discovered one of his chickens laid a gold egg.

He shouted excitedly to his wife , “ We’re rich ! We’re rich !”

His wife ran to him and they both lookd at the egg in amazement. The wife wanted more , so her husband decided to cut open all the chickens and find more gold eggs.

Unfortunately he couldn’t find any eggs. When he finished all the chickens were dead.

There were no more eggs of any kind for the foolish farmer and his greedy wife.

158

Tape transcript 2.

Lan: Hello.

Aunt Hang: Hello.Is that Lan ?

Lan: Yes. Who is this ?

Aunt Hang: It’s Aunt Hang. How are you ?

Lan: I’m fine. Where are you phoning from ?

Aunt Hang: Hue. I’m calling to tell you your Uncle Chi and I are coming to visit you next week.

Lan: Great ! When are you arriving ?

Aunt Hang: On Thursday. We’re arriving in Ha Noi in the late afternoon.

Lan: Ok. Do you want to speak to my mom ?

Aunt Hang: Yes. Please.

Lan: Hold on a moment and I’ll get her.

I.LISTENING A.1pt = 0,2/ sentence 1.A 2.B 3.C. 4.A B. 1pt =0,2/ sentence 1.F 2.T 3.F 4.T 5.T II.GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY A.1pt =0,1/ sentence 1.B 2.A 3.A 4.B 5.A B.1pt =0,2/ sentence 1.interesting 2.photographers 3.actress 4.cheaper 5.beautiful C. Choose the words with different pronunciation of the underlined part (0.5pt) 1A 2.D 3.B 4.C 5.A III.READING A.1pt =0,2/sentence 1.T 2.F 3.F 4.F 5.T B.1pt = 0,2/ sentence 1.There are four people in his family.

2.They live in Wembley, in north LonDon. 3.Her name’s Tracy.

4.Jim is his father.

5.Yes, she does.

IV.WRITING A.1pt =0,2/ sentence 1.We have lived here for five years.

2.Tam used to type fast.

3.I warned boys not to swim out too far.

4.Peter is taller than Tom. 5.It took Peter 3 hours to repair his computer.

B.1pt 1.What did you use to do when you were at school?

2.Minh used to live on a farm when he was a small boy 159

3.Grandmother didn’t go to school because she had to stay at home to helped her family.

4.He often goes to the English speaking club after work 5.They went to the movies last Sunday evening V.SPEAKING A.1pt B.1pt -------------------------------o0o------------------------------

Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………….

Week:19 Period:54

Preparing date: 21/12/18 Teaching date:28/12/18 FEEDBACK ON TEST 45’

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: After getting back the test papers, students will be able to evaluate their knowledge and have a plan for the next time 2. Skills: To correct Ss’ errors if necessary 3. Attitude: - To give Ss the motivation to learn hard for their exam - Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: test 45’ 160

2.Students: notebooks III./.PROCEDURE: 1- Warm up - How are you today?

- Are you ready for getting back the test papers?

2- Teacher's idea * Priority: - Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well.

- Ss try their best to get good marks.

- Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request.

- Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about showing.

- Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves.

- Ss find their mistakes by themselves.

- Ss share and compare with a partners.

-T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test.

-Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did.

-Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board -T: Gives the correct answers.

-Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers Key: 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Key T F T T B A A B D C B

Sentence 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 161

Key C D D B D T F F T A B

12 13 14 15 16 17

A A C B B A

29 30 31 32 33 34

C D C B A D

-Spend time with students to ask questions about their tests, their points.

- T asks Ss write key in notebook and correct their mistakes by themselves.

5-Production: - Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson ----------------------@0@-------------------

162

Week: 1 Period:1

REVISION

Preparation date:13/8/2019 Teaching date : 20/8/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson Ss will be able to remember some difficult structures in E 8 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s &Students’activities Contents II.Warm up: Pelmanism: I.Warm up: Pelmanism: - Asks Ss to play in groups and choose - Asks Ss to play in groups and choose the the correct pairs of verbs: correct pairs of verbs: Verb Come, go, do, have, see Verb Come, go, do, have, see take, get, look, grow, take, get, look, grow, make make P2 Came, got, done, seen, P2 Came, got, done, seen, grown, looked, had, gone, grown, looked, had, gone, made, took made, took - Work in groups and play the game.

2. presentation : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *Passive voice - Asks Ss to work in groups and

II.*Passive voice

- Work in groups and complete the table: - Answer keys: 1. am/ is/are + P2 2. simple past 1

complete the open table about the passive voice. tense passive Simple ……..(1)……. present ….(2)….

Was/ were + P2 …(3)….

Have/ has + been + P2 Present …..(4)……. progressive ….(5)…..

Was/ were+ being+ P2 …(6)…..

Will/ should/ can/ may/ might/ could + be+ P2 * Indirected speech: - Asks Ss to work in groups and complete the table: Direct speed Indirect speed Present simple ….1….. tense Present …..2…. progressive tense Future simple …3…. tense Can/may ….4… must ….5….

This that these ….6… here ….7…. now Then today ….8… tomorrow The following day 3. Practice: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Change the following sentences into passive form.

1. We watch the football matches on TV every week.

3. present perfect tense 4. am/ is /are + being + P2 5. past progressive 6. Modal verbs

III* Indirected speech:

- Work in groups and complete the table.

- Answer keys: 1. past simple tense 2. past progressive tense 3. future in the past/ would 4. could/ might 5. had to 6.those 7. there 8. that day

IV. Practice: - Work in pairs and change the sentences into passive form.

- Answer keys: 1. The football matches are watched on TV by us every week.

2. When is your brother’s homework done?

3. The old lessons weren’t learnt by me last 2

2. When does your brother do his homework?

3. I didn’t learn the old lessons last night.

4. My father bought me this bike 3 years ago.

5. Did he give you these books yesterday?

6. My uncle has just repaired this bike.

7. Nobody has used the room for a long time.

8. Are you using the used papers?

9. He was cooking dinner when I came to his house.

10. They are going to build a new bridge near my school.

11. We must close all the windows and doors before going home.

12. My sister could speak English when she was 10.

4. Futher practice: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *Change the sentences into reported speech: Ex: I said to my son: “Go to bed!”

I told my son to go to bed.

1. My husband said to me: “Go to the movies!”.

2. I said to him: “Stay at home!”

3. My said : “Watch T.V!” 4. Nam said to us: “Don’t laugh!”

5. My mother said to the kid: “Stop fighting!”

6. He said to her: “Can you speak up” 7. The teacher said to the children: “Don’t make noise in class!”

8. The doctor said to the patient: “You should stay in bed”.

5.Production - Asks Ss to open English 9 and find

night.

4. This bike was bought for me by my father 3 years ago.

5. Were these books given to you yesterday?

6. This bike has just been repaired by my uncle.

7. The room hasn’t been used for a long time.

8. Are the used papers being used ?

9. Dinner was being cooked by him when I came.

10. A new bridge is going to be built near my school.

11. All the windows and doors must be closed before going home.

12. English could be spoken by my sister when she was 10.

- Work in pairs and change the sentences in to reported speed.

- Answer keys: 1. My husband told me to go to the movies.

2. I told him to stay at home.

3. My told him to watch TV. 4. Nam told us not to laugh.

5. My mother told the kid to stop fighting.

6. He asked her to speak up.

7. The teacher asked the children not to make noise in the class.

8. The doctor told the patients to stay in bed.

V. Homework: 3

out the same and different things between English 8 and 9.

- Gives feedback.

- Do the exercises again and prepare for Unit 1 lesson 1 Getting started + Listen and read.

Week: 1 Period: 2

- Do the exercises again and prepare for Unit 1 lesson 1 Getting started + Listen and read.

UNIT 1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL Lesson 1: Getting started + Listen and read

Preparation date:2019/8/2019 Teaching date : 25/8/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson. Ss will be able to know about some places Lan went to with a foreign friend and some activities they took part in together 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures T &S's activities The content 1. Warm up: Chatting - Do you have any penpals?

Where does she/he live?

- Has she/he ever visited your city?

- What activities would you do during the visit?

2. Presentation: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

I. Warm up: Chatting

- Whole class * Possible answer: - I think I'll take our friends to temples and churche - I'll take them to the beach.

- I'll take them to the mountains - I'll take them to the theaters, restaurants.

II. vocabulary: 4

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Pre teach vocab: - (to) correspond( explanation) Trao doi thu tu - (a) mosque (picture) nha tho hoi giao - To be impressed by (explanation) co an tuong - (to) pray (mime) cau nguyen -friendliness: (tran) : su men khach -mausoleum : (situation) lang mo * Check vocab: rub out and remember - Choral repetition - Individual repetition -Copy in note book 3. Practice: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Open prediction - Introduce the situation of the text ( a friend of Lan, Maryam visits Lan). Can you guess where she went and what she did during her stay?

- Give feedback - Ask Ss to listen while reading the text and check their predictions and add some more information - ASk Ss to work in pairs to choose the correct option to complete the sentences on page 7 - Get feedback and correct * Structure: Lan used to walk past the mosque on her way to primary scholl ( review) I wish I had a longer vacation( chi dieu uoc ) - Elicits the model sentence from Ss .

T asks What did Lan say to Maryam?

- concept check; - Note; Wish in the sentence above is used to express unreal present desire. The simple past tense is used for the verbs in subordinate clause. For the verb to be 5

- (to) correspond( explanation) Trao doi thu tu - (a) mosque (picture) nha tho hoi giao - To be impressed by (explanation) co an tuong - (to) pray (mime) cau nguyen -friendliness: (tran) : su men khach -mausoleum : (situation) lang mo * Check vocab: rub out and remember

III.Practice: Example: -Hoan kiem lake -Ho Chi Minh mausoleum * Answer key: 1. C 2. B 3. D 4.B - Choral repetition - Individual repetition

IV.The structure : wish S + Wish +S +V (Past subjective ) + O/A Use : thể hiện ước muốn hay sự hối tiếc

Were is more often used . *speaking - Ask Ss to recoment places of interest in their city - Ask them to discuss where they should take their friends to and what activities they should do Cues: Lang co beach-> Swimming/beach in Hue Bach Ma national park-> mountain climbing/ ecological tour LinhMu pagoda, TuDuc Tomd-> sightseeng/ beautiful sight - Go round and help Ss 4. Further practice: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country -T gives Ss unreal situations and asks them to use wish to finish the second sentences.

1. I want to phone her but I don’t have her phone number.

2. We’ ve lost the way because we don’t have a map.

3. Mary isn’t here.

4. They won’t come with us.

5. Today is not a holiday.

5. Production -Write a short paragraph about what they have just discuss with your partner - Learn by heart the vocabulary.

- do Language focus 1.

“ I wish you had a longer vacation”

- Work in groups S1: I think We should take our friends to Dong Ba market. We can do shopping or I'll just introduce them a vietnamese market.......

V.Further practice -Answer keys: 1. I wish I had her phone number.

2. We wish we had a map.

3.We wish she were here.

4. We wish they would come with us.

5. We wish today were a holiday.

VI. Homework: - Learn by heart the vocabulary.

- do Language focus 1.

-------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………..

6

Week: 2 Period:3

Unit:1 A visit from penpal Lesson:2 (Speak+listen)

Preparation date:20/8/2019 Teaching date : 27/8/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson. Ss will be able to make and respond to introduction,listen for details 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens T &S's activities

The content

1.Warm up: Jumbled words: - Asks SS to work in groups and put the letters into correct order 1. troceduin 2. mispres 3. derscopron 4. daroba

7

I.Warm up: Jumbled words: - Work in groups and write the correct words.

- Answer keys; 1. introduction 2. impress 3. correspond 4. abroad

2. Pre- speaking; II.Speaking; -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

- Read the dialogue silently and put -C: Co-operation, communication,… the dialogue into the correct order then -Q: Love family, friends and country pair compare.

- Answer keys: -Ordering: - Set the scene: Nga is talking to Maryam.

Nga Maryam They are waiting for Lan outside the Hello……. school.

Yes. That’s….

- Asks SS to read the dialogue silently and Please… put the dialogue into the correct order then Please…,too pair compare.

Are…?

- Asks SS to give the correct answers.

Yes, …Are you..?

Oh, Yes Vietnamese…

Do you…?

Yes,…Have you…?

No. Is it…?

The two…

Oh. I see.

3. While- speaking: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Asks SS to take turns to be one of Maryam’ s friends to make similar dialogues. ( Speak b. P. 8) - T monitors and gives some helps.

- Asks SS to practice their dialogue before the class.

8

- Take turns to be one of Maryam’ s friends to make similar dialogues.

- Practice the dialogue before the class.

Ss' answer maybe: Nam : Hello, you must be Paul?

Paul: That’s right, I am.

Nam: Pleased to meet you, Let me introduce myself. My name is Nam. I am 15 years old.

Paul: Nice to meet you.Do you live in HaNoi ?

Nam: Yes ,I do. Is it the first time you have been to Ha Noi? Paul: Yes, HaNoi is a nice city.

People are friendly and verry hospitable.

Nam: Where do you live ?

Do you live in big city?

Paul: I live in Liverpool.

It is an industrial city, in the north of England. H Nam: No, I hope I will be able to go there

next summer.

- work in pairs to rewrite about Maryam’s friends: Yoko, Paul, and Jane.

EX: Her name is Yoko, she comes from Tokyo. she likes Vietnamese people.

She loves old city in Vietnam, too....

4.Post-speaking -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to work in pairs to rewrite about Maryam’s friends: Yoko, Paul, and Jane Pre- listening: - set the scene; Carol is Tim’s pen pal. She is from Mexico. She is visiting the USA. Tim suggests doing something.

- Guessing; Asks SS to look at the pictures on page 9 and tell what each picture means.

- Pre- questions: a. Where does Tim suggest going? b. How are they going? c. Does Carol like going in the park?

While- listening: - Play the tape the first time.

- Asks SS to listen to the tape and find the answer to the questions.

- Play the tape the second time .

- Asks SS to listen to the tape again and check the correct pictures.

Post- listening: - Give sentences on extra-board, then play the tape again and ask Ss to complete the sentences: 1) Tim asked Carlo to go to a ....... downtown.

2) Tim asked Carlo not to walk ......

3) Carlo said she didn’t see the ......

9

III.Listening: - Whole class listen.

- Look at the pictures on page 9 and tell what each picture means.

- Answer keys: a. Keep the grass/ Don’t walk on the grass. b. Go by bus/ Which bus to take 103 or 130. c. Eat in a Mexico restaurant or eat hamburger.

- Think about the pre questions.

- Listen to the tape and find the answer to the questions.

- Answer keys: a. going to a restaurant down town b. going by bus c. Yes, she does.

- Listen to the tape again and check the correct pictures.

- Answer keys: a. 1 b. 2 c. 2 - Listen to the tape again and complete the sentences: Answers key: 1) restaurant.

2) On the grass.

3) Sign.

4) 130

4) Tim wanted to catch the bus number ..

5.Production: - Asks SS to write about one of Maryam’ s friends beginning like this: Yoko is one of Maryam’ s friends . She is from….

- Asks SS to write about Tim and Carol’s visit to the town.

Week: 2 Period:4

V.Home work - Asks SS to write about one of Maryam’ s friends beginning like this: Yoko is one of Maryam’ s friends . She is from….

- Asks SS to write about Tim and Carol’s visit to the town.

Unit:1 A visit from a penpal Lesson:3( Read)

Preparation date:27/8/2019 Teaching date : 01/9/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson. Ss will be able to get some more knowledge about Malaysia, one of the countries of Asian 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures T& S 's activities

The content of the lesson

1. Warm up: * Hang man -- Draw strokes on the board. Each stroke stands for one letter of the word - Students take turn to guess the letter of the word.

10

I.Warm up: * Hang man

- If a student's guess is not right, the teacher draw a stroke (according to the order in the picture) - If student guess wrong 8 times, they lose .

The teacher gives the answer. * Answer key: MALAYSIA * The word has ieght letters(- - - - - - - -)

2. Pre reading -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Ask Ss What they know about Malaysia. ? Where is it? ? What is the capital of Malaysia? ? What is its population? ? How big is Malaysia?

What language is spoken in this country?

II .Vocbulary: * Pre teach vocab: 1.buddhism (n) : Translation : Dao phat -Elicit and model 2.hinduism (n) : …………….: Dao hindu - Ask Ss to repeat chorally and individually 3.comprise (v) : ………………:Bao gom -Check R .O .R 4.divide (v) :………………..chia ra -Copy in note book 5.compulsory (adj) :………… Bat buoc 6. religion (n) :……………ton giao 3. While reading: - Ask Ss to read the text to find out the III.Reading answer to their questions.

- Teacher give feedback to the class - Ask Ss to read the text second time to fill in the chart in exercise a page 10 * Answer key: 1. 329,758 5 Kuala Lumpur 2. over 22 million 6. Islam 3. Tropical climate 7. Bahasa Malaysia 4. the ringgit 8. English (consit of 100 cent) 11

- Ask Ss to read the text again to do the T/F statements - Ask Ss to work in pairs - Call some pairs to answer in front of the class - Give feedback and correct

- Work in pairs * Answer key: 1. T 2. F ( there are more than two regions) 3. F( English, chinese, and Tamil are also widely spoken) 4. F ( One of the three: Malay, chinese, Tamil) 5. F.(English is compulsory second language, not primary language if instruction) - Work in pairs * Possible dialogue 4. Post reading -TM: Play game, practising, discussion A: Hi, Maryam. I am going to visit group, technical presentâ&#x20AC;Ś.

Malaysia -C: Co-operation, communication,â&#x20AC;Ś on my summer holiday. I'd like to know -Q: Love family, friends and country some thing about your country. Can you * Intwerview help me?

-Ask Ss to work in pairs B: Yes, certainly.

- Give the Ss the task A: What language is spoken in your A: You are going to visit Malaysia. Prepare country? some questions to ask Maryam about her B: Bahasa Malaysia, Enlish, chinese,and country (refer to the chart on page 10) chinese and Tamil are also widely spoken B: You are Maryam, from Malaysia. You A: Do childrent have to study any foregn have to answer A's questions about your language in school? country.

B: Yes, English is a compulsory second language in secondary school.

A: I see. What about the people ?What are they like?

B: I think they are friendly.......

IV.Home work.

5.Production - Do exercise 8 page 11 - Prepare Write

-Ask ss to read the text again.

-to prepare the next lesson

12

Unit:1 A visit from a penpal Lesson:4:Write

Week: 3 Period: 5

Preparation date: 1/9/2019 Teaching date : 8/9/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson. Ss will be able to know about some places Lan went to with a foreign friend and some activities they took part in together.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures T &S's activities 1. Warm up: * Chatting - Have Ss some questions -Ask Ss to work individually _ Correction

2. Pre writing -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Set the scene" imagine you are visiting your relatives or friends in another part of Viet Nam or a different country"

The content of the lesson I.Warm up: * Chatting - Have you ever visited any other places in Viet Nam? - When did you go?

- How did you get there?

- Did you visit any places of interrest?

- Did you buy any thing?

II. Writing:

* Answer the questions:

13

- Ask Ss on their own answer the following questions a.Where are you now?How did you get there?

- Ask 2 or 3 Ss to tell the class about their visit - Ask Ss to work in pairs to talk to each other about their visit.

- Remind Ss about the format of a personal letter by asking question ? What are the parts of a personal letter?

3. While writing: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to work in group of 5 to write a letter to their family, telling them about their visit.

- ASk Ss to follow the out line on page 11 to write the letter -SS work in pairs to talk about their visit - Whole class - Give the format of the personal letter 4. Post writing: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - ASk Ss from each group stick their poster on the board and read their writing - Correct grammar and vocabulary before the class 5. Production: - Ask Ss to write their letters

b. Who did you meet? c. What have you done? d. How did you feel? e. What do you think interst you most? f. When are you returning home? * Answer: AHeading- Writer's address and B. Opening - Dear...., C. Body of the letter D. closing- Your friend/ Regard/ love * Suggested ideas I arrive at Da Nang/ train station at 2 pm/ 8 am/ ....on Tuesday/ wednesday....

Hoa/Nam... met me at the......then She/he took me home by taxi.

I have visited many places like beaches, the Museum........... I will visit Hoi An/ My Son on sun day/ monday...

I feel so happy and enjoymyself so much. The people here are so nice and freindly, the foods are so delicious and the sights are so beautiful I will leave Da Nang at 2 am/ 7 pm . ...next thursday/ saturday,......Please pick me up at the airport/bus station.....

III. Homework: 14

- Ask Ss to write their letters (after correction) at home

(after correction) at home

Week: 3 Period: 6

UNIT 1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL Lesson 5: Language focus + test 15’

Preparation date: 3/9/2019 Teaching date : 10/9/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson Ss will be able to use the simple past tense and wish to talk about unreal present desires.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures T &S's activities The content of the lesson 1.Warm up:

I.Warm up: finitive

Teacher gives some verbs in infinitive and devided the class into 2 groups . T asked 1 Ss / each group to go to the board to write those into simple past.

The winner is the S who can write more , exactly in 2 minutes 15

Past tense

2.Presentation

meet see Go Buy Have

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country …… .Language focus1 II. Language focus 1: * The past simple Form : Verd + V - ed LF1)Set the scene: This is the conversation between Tan and Phong.

Meaning: ®·

They are talking about what Ba did on

* Possible conversations 1. A:What did Nga do on The weekend?

the weekend

B: She went to the corncert perform by

- ASk Ss to read the model and give

Hanoi singers

the form

A: When did she go?

- ASk Ss to work in pairs to ask and answer questions about what ba, Nga,

B: She went there on saturday at 8 pm

Lan, Nam and Hoa did on the weekend

2.....................................

3.............................

3.Practice . -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country LF2) Set the scene " Lan and her

4..............................................

friends are holding a farewell party for Maryam. Write the things they did to

III. Language focus 2:

prepare for the party"

Answer key:

- Ask Ss to use the words and the

1. Hoa baked a cake

pictures in the box

2. Hai hung the colorful lamps on the

4.Further practice

] wall/in the room

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country .LF3) The past simple wtth Wish - ASk Ss to look at the picture and 16

3. Hanh bought flowers 4. Tan painted a picture of Hanoi 5. Nga and mai went shopping IV. Languafocus 3:

answer the questions

* Model sentences:

? Is he tall? Is he happy with it?

" I wish I were taller"

? What does he have in his mind?

Answer key:

? What tense was used in the clause after "wish"

b)I Wish I were in the simming pool now

Wish is used when we want really

c) I wish I had a computer now

to be differentand exactly opposite of

d) I wish I lived cose to school

the truth

e) I wish I had a sister f) I wish I drew well

Form: S+ wish + S + past simple/pastsubjunctive+O/A

g) I wish I had my friends’ phone number

Note: Th× qu¸ khø gi¶ ®Þnh/bµng th¸i

h) I wish I knew many friends

cã d¹ng gièng th× qu¸ khø ®¬n , trõ

i) I wish my hometown had some rivers and lakes.

®éng tõ to be cã mét d¹ng duy nhÊt lµ WERE Eg: He wishes he were a doctor Ask Ss to look at the real situations and make wishes 5 Production: - Ask Ss to make sentences with wish - Ss wrok in pairs - Give feed back and correct 4. - Make 3 wishes of your own - Do exercise in the workbook

V.Homework: - Make 3 wishes of your own - Do exercise in the workbook Example: Iwish I had a new motor bike ………………………

Hung Cuong Secondary School Class: ………

17

Student’s name : ……………………..

KIỂM TRA 15 PHÚT SỐ 1 - NĂM HỌC 2019-2019 Môn: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 9 Thời gian làm bài: 15 phút Marks

Teacher’s Opinion

Choose the best answer 1.They moved away five years ago, but we still……….

A. keep in touch B. keep up on C. keep pace with D. get out of 2. It's dangerous ...............in this river.

A. swam B. swim C. to swim D. swimming 3. Choose the best answer with the most differrent pronunciation.

B. wanted C. cooked D. watched A. furnished 4. I wish you ..................here tomorrow.

A. comes B. will come C. would come D. come 5. Mai ..............write to me last year.

A. was used to B. is used to C. uses to D. used to 6. Vietnamese people are very ................ and hospitable.

A. friendly B. friendship C. friend D. friendliness 7.Malaysia is divided_____________ two regions.

A. to B. on C. in D. into 8.She often goes to the __________________ to pray because her regions is Islam.

A. church B. pagoda C. temple D. mosque 9.Mary was really _______________ by the beauty of Hanoi.

A. impress B. impression C. impressive D. impressed 10.He _______________ with friends in apartment in HCMC since last week.

A. living B. has lived C. lived D. live Key Sentence Key Sentence 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10 KEY: Sentence Key Sentence Key 1 A 6 A 2 C 7 D 18

3 4 5

B C D

8 9 10

D D B

-------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… …………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………..

19

Week: 4 Period: 7

Unit:2 Clothing Lesson 1 :Getting started - listen and read)

Preparation date:8/9/2019 Teaching date : 16/9/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson. Ss will be able to know some more about ao dai, the traditional dress Viet namese women.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures T &S's activities

The content of the lesson

1. Warm up: Quiz - Divide class into groups. Ask them to look at the clothes people are wearing and take turn to decide where each person comes from.

T : Where does the women in picture a come from?

S1: She comes from Japan T: How do you know she comes from japan?

S1: Because she is wearing a Kimono.

I.Warm up: Quiz * Answer key: a) She comes from Japan b) She comes from Viet nam c) He comes from Scotland (UK) ( he is wearing a kilt) d) She comes from India ( She is wearing a Sari) e) He comes from USA ( he is wearing Jeans f) She comes from (Saudi) Arabia ( She is wearing a veil)

- The group who give the correct answer gets a point 2. Presentation -TM: Play game, practising, discussion 20

II. Vocabulary: - a poet (example) Nguyen Du, To Huu, Huy Can

group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Preteach vocab: - Elicits and models -Ask Ss to repeat chorally and individually .

- Check R . O. R -Copy in note book

- A long silk tunic (translation) ao lua dai rong - (to) slit (explanation): to make a long thin cut in something : xe - Inspiration ( translation) cam hung +) To take inspiration from something - ethnic minorities (example) Thai, Muong, ede H' mong - A pattern (picture) hoa van

*Set the scene: You are going to read the text about the traditional dress of Vietnam * True or false prediction statement: - Ask Ss to guess true or false while closing the book -Ss work in pairs

III.True or false ?: 1. The ao dai is the traditonal dress of Viet namese women 2.Traditionlly, the ao dai was frequently worn by only women 3.Some fashion designers have printed lines of poetry on the ao dai 4.The ao dai is now is both traditional and fashionable Answer key: 1.T 2.F 3.T 4.T a. Complete the sentences: * Answer key: 1For a long time ao dai" has been the subject of poems, novels and songs 2. The " ao dai" is describled as a lone silk tunic with slits up the sides worn over loose pants.

3. The majority of Vietnamese women prefer to wear modern clothing at work.

4. Some designers have modernized the "ao dai" by printing lines of poetry

3. Practice: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country 21

on it.

5. Another alterative is to add symbols such as suns, stars, crosses and stripes. b. Answer the question: * Answer key: 1 Traditionally, men and women used to wear the "ao dai" 2. Because it is more convenient

- Ask Ss to read the text and check prediction -Give feedback and correction - ASk Ss to look at the book while listen to the teacher - Call some Ss to read the text

3. They have printed lines of poetry on it or have added symbols such as suns, stars, crosses and stripes to the "ao dai"

- ASk the whole class to read the text in silent then do the exercise a in pairs - Give feedback - Call some Ss stand up to read their compete sentences - Ask Ss to read the text second time to answer the questions - Ask Ss to work in groups of 4 4. Further practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical presentâ&#x20AC;Ś.

-C: Co-operation, communication,â&#x20AC;Ś -Q: Love family, friends and country * Speaking - ASk Ss to use their own words to tell the group what they have known about "ao dai" 5. Production: - Write down what have spoken -Do exercise 1 page 12

22

IV. Homework: - Write down what have spoken -Do exercise 1 page 12

Week: 4 Period:8

Unit:2 Clothing Lesson:2 ( Speak )

Preparation date: 10/9/2019 Teaching date : 2019/9/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson. Ss will be able to ask and respond to questions on personal references.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures T & S's activities

The content of the lesson

1. Warm up: Word square - Stick the poster on the board - Ask Ss to find out 8 nouns and 4 adjs about clothing in the word square A T P L A I N B D F C R G H T Z L P W Q P I O I K O Y A M X L H U E U J R N V L A S H S W E A T E R I A E H I N G S J S D H M O B A G G Y L T S T R I P E D J O F I W T J E A N S T U K B S K I R T B E 2 Pre-speaking -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, 23

I.Warm up: Word square

* Answer key: sweater, jeans, skirt, striped, baggy, plain blouse suit plaid, shorts, pants, shirt

II. Vocab:

technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Pre teach vocal: - Elicits and models -Ask Ss to repeat chorally and individually -Check R .O .R -Copy in notebook *Set the scene: Everyday , we wear different clothes , each person like a kind of closing * Matching: - Ask Ss to look at the pictures and match them with the phrases (speak a) - Ask Ss to work in pairs - Ask Ss to remember the phrases on page 14,15 in 30 seconds. than let their books closed - Divide class into 4 groups - Students from each group take turn to go to the board write as many words as possible - Group with the most words win the game

3 While-speaking : -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - ASk Ss to work in group of 8 . Write and read two more questions for the last section of the survey about student's wear

4 Post-speaking 24

1.baggy ( tran) : rong thung thinh 2.plaid (pic) : ke ca ro 3.plain (a) :Tron , khong co hoa hoac hinh ve.

4. casual (a) : Khong trinh trong , binh thuong 5.sleeveless (a) Khong co tay ,cut tay

III. Matching: * Answer key: a) a colorful T shirt b) a sleeveless aweater c) a striped shirt d) a plain suit e) a facewd jeans f) a short- sleeved blouse g) a baggy pants h) a plaid skirt i) blue shorts Example: S1: What do you usually wear on the weekend?

S2: I usually wear a colorful T- shirt S1 : Why do you wear these T-shirt ?

S2: Because …………..

IV. Survey: Casual clothes: 1) What do you usually wear on the weakend?

2)Why do you wear these clothes?

Favourite clothes: 1)What is your favourite type of clothing? 2)Why? Shool uniform: 1) Is it comfortable?

2_What color ic it?

Clothes for spacial occations: 1) 2)

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to work in groups - ASk Ss to interview their friends - After Students have finished their task ask them to report the result of their survey in their group - Ask the representative from each group to present the result of the survey in front of the class Work in groups Example answer: Three people said that they liked uniform -Two people said they usually wore colorful T-shirt on the weekend.

Chi said that she loved bagyy pants 5.Production: V. Homework: - Do exercixe 3,4 in the workbook - Do exercixe 3,4 in the workbook -Prepare Listen -Prepare Listen -------------------------------o0o-----------------------------Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………………………. …………………………………………………… ……………………………………………….

25

Week: 5 Period: 9

Unit:2 Clothing Lesson:3 ( Listen )

Preparation date:10/9/2019 Teaching date : /9/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson . Ss will be able to listen for spacific information, describe what people are wearing and know how to use the perfect tense 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures T &S's activities

The content of the lesson

1. Wark up network - Divide the class into 2 teams - Write the word CLOTHING on the board - Ask Ss from 2 teams go to the board and write the words relating to CLOTHING - Tell Ss the team which writes more words is winner 2. Pre listening: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Pre teach vocab: -Elicits and models .

-Ask Ss to repeat chorally and individually -Check R .O .R - Copy in note book * Set the scene: You will hear an 26

I.Wark up network

A lain suit Faded jeans II. Vocab:

1.announcement (translation) thông báo 2.Missing (synonym of lost) :thất lạc 3.an entrance (synonym of a door, gate)lối vào 4.a fair ( explanation) hội chợ

announcement about a lost girl called Mary.

- ASk Ss to look at the pictures on page 16 and answer the questions about each of them

* Prediction: - Ask Ss to guess what is Mary wearing - Ss guess in pairs

5. a doll (relia) : búp bê III. Answer the questions: ?. What are these? ? What is this? ? What color is this? ? What color are these?

IV. Guessing: a……….. b………… c……………

Answer: a) B: She's wearing blue shorts b) A: She's wearing a long- sleeved blouse c) C: She's wearing brown shoes

3. While listening: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to listen twice -Ss listen to the tape twice.

- Now you listen to the tape again and check the letter of the correct picture to show what Mary is wearing.

- Ss listen the tape once and check the letter - Then Ss compare the keys with classmates - Ss listen again to check the answer and give the answer on the board.

- T corrects - Ss take note.

- Ss correct the guessing .

4. post listening: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country T gives some sentences.

- Ss listen to the tape again choose 27

V.T/F statements: 1/ Mary is three years old.

2/ She has a long dark hair.

3/ She ‘s wearing blue shorts and a longsleeved white blouse.

4/ Her mother is waiting for her * Answer: 1) T 2) F 3) T 4)

True/False.

- Then Ss give the keys on the board.

- T corrects.

- Ss take note.

5.Production : Do exercise 3,4 page 14,15 in the workbook Prepare Read

VI..Homework: Do exercise 3,4 page 14,15 in the workbook Prepare Read

28

Week: 6 Period: 10

Unit:2 Clothing Lesson3: Read

Preparation date:2019/9/2019 Teaching date : 24 /9/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson. Ss will be able to understand the text for details, about Jeans 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures Teacher’s & students’ activities

Content

1. Warm up: T: asks ss play the game “brainstorming” about the jeans

2. Pre – reading: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country -Ss look at the picture and answer some questions + What were jeans made from?

29

II.Newwords material:v¶i,ch©t liÖu/ Translation Cotton:sîi b«ng/ Realia Wear out:lµm r¸ch/ Explanation style:kiÓud¸ng/ Picture

Embroider:thªu/ Realia + When were jeans appearred ? label:nh·n hiÖu/ example + Where were jeans appearred ?

-T reads the test first Ss listen and repeat . check up : rup out and remember -Ss find out the newwords and explain the meaning of them.

- T reads the newwords first Ss repeat 3. While-reading: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country T: asks ss read the text and complete the sentenses T gives out the cues and asks Ss answer T correts.

III.Reading:

1 2 3 4 5

(a) fill in the missing dates and words* Answers 2019century……..jeanscloth…

1960s………students…….

1970………..cheaper……

1980s……….fashion……..

1990s…………sale……….

( b) Answer: 1/ the word “ jeans” comes from a kind of material that was made in Europe.

2/ the 1960s fashions were embroidered jeans, painted jeans, and so on.

3/ because jeans became cheaper.

4/ Jeans at last became high fashion clothing in the 1980s

Ss read the text quickly and answer the questions Ss ask and answer pairwork T: corrects the errors.

Some ss read the text again to check the pronunciation IV.Execrise: True or False: 4. Post-reading: 1/ the word “Jeans” comes from a kind of -TM: Play game, practising, discussion material that was made in Asia. group, technical present….

2/ Many students wore Jeans in the 1960s -C: Co-operation, communication,… …

-Q: Love family, friends and country 30

T : asks Ss to read silently again and answer True /false( groupwork) Having some ss read the answer T: corrects the errors.

5.Production Learn by heart the new word and read the once more.

Prepare the next lesson “write”.

Week: 6 Period: 11

V. Homework: Learn by heart the new word and read the once more.

Prepare the next lesson “write”.

UNIT 2 : CLOTHING Lesson 5: Writing

Preparation date: 22/9/2019 Teaching date : 29/9/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge - By the end of the lesson Ss will be able to write an argument.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedure T& S's activities The content of the lesson 1.Warm up : - T gives the topic - Ask Ss to discuss in two groups -For weak Ss can discuss in Viet namese .

2. Pre writing -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country 31

I..Warm up : Advantages and disadvantages of wearing uniforms

II . Vocab :

* pre teach vocab: - Elicits and models .

- Ask Ss to repeat chorally and individually .

- Check R .O .R - Copy in note book .

* Present one side of an argument - Stick or draw the table on the board - Tell Ss it is outline to present oneside of an argument.

-Write the content of the out line on the strips of paper - ASK Ss to go to the board and stick the strips on the correct space - ASk Ss to answer some questions to check their understanding - ASk Ss to read the topic and outline A - Work in groups -Go to the board to stick the strips * Comprehension questions - ASk Ss to read the outline Band answer the questions What's the topic of argument?

Why should secondary students wear casual clothes?

3. While writing -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - ASk Ss to work in groups to write the argument with outline B 4. Post writing 32

1(to) encourage (to give hope, support or confident to somebody)dộng viên, khuyen khich 2.(to) be equal in (example) bằng nhau, công bằng 3.(to) bear one's name (picture) mang tên.

4.Argument (n) tranh luận 5.Freedom of choice (translation): tự do lựa chọn 6.Self- confident (adj) tự tin III. How to present one side of an argument: Lets the readers know the writer's point of view Present arguments in a logical way (one in each paragraph) Give examples where possible Sum up the argument My opinion is...........

I Think....

Firstly,.......... secondly,............ finally,.............

Therefore,...........

In conclusion,............

IV . Answer the questions: 1.What does the topic of the passage?

2.Why does wearing uniforms encourage Ss to be proud of their school?

3.How do Ss feel when wearing uniforms?

4.Do Ss have to think what to wear everyday?

Answer key: 1.School uniform .

2.Because they bear their school name.

3.They feel equal in many ways , whether they are rich or poor .

4.No, they don’t

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical presentâ&#x20AC;Ś.

-C: Co-operation, communication,â&#x20AC;Ś -Q: Love family, friends and country - Get Ss' poster and stick on the board then correct before the class arguement

5.Production:Write the writing into Notebook Prepare L.Focus

* The answer In my opinion, secondary school students should wear casual clothes.

Firstly, casual clothes make students feel comfortable.

Secondly, wearing casual clothes gives students freedom choice. They have rights to choose sizes, colors and fashion that they love.

Thirdly, casual clothes makes students feel self- confident when they are in their favorite clothes.

Finally, casual clothes make school more colorful and lovely.

In conclusion, secondary school students should wear casual clothes. Wearing casual clothes is convenient, comfortable and fun.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

33

Unit:2 Clothing Lesson6: Language focus

Week: 7 Period: 12

Preparation date:24/9/2019 Teaching date : 1/10/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson. Ss will be able to use "aready" and "yet" in the present perfect tense, Distinguish the differnce between the past simple and present perfect tense 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures T's activities

Ss' activities

1. Warm up: Pelmanism - Prepare 10 cards and ask Ss to work in groups do went

visit saw

see ate

go did

eat visited

2. Presentation -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country *The present perfect tense: - T uses the dialogue in LF 1 (P19) to help Ss revise the use of the present perfect tense 34

I. Warm up: Pelmanism * Answer key: - do- did - visit - visited - go - went - eat - ate - see - saw

II.The present perfect tense: a. Since + a point of time b. For + a period of time Both "since / for" can be used to answer the question" How long have / has + P2 c. Recently: we use "recently" to indicate on incomplete period of time d. How long: is used when we want to ask a

with:

period of time of an action d. When: a start of time of an action

* The difference between the simple past & the present perfect.

- The simple past expresses a completed action in a definite time in the past. *The passive form - Ask Ss to read the examples given in Language Focus 4,5 carefully and give the passive form : be + P2

III.The passive form

3.Practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Present perfect tense (already, yet) LF 2 - Ask Ss to read the given information in the table and the model - ASk Ss to work in pairs to ask and answer with the given words (note the position of already and yet) - Call some pairs to check the answers * Present perfect tense with Ever L.F 3 - Ask Ss to read the examples and give structure - ASk Ss to work in pairs to ask and answer with the words in the table - Get feedback and correct

4.Further practice -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country . The passive LF 4 35

passive form : be + P2 - Modal Verbs.

Can, could, shall, should, many, might, must, Will, would, have to, has to, be going to + be + P2

IV. Language focus 2 p 20: Example: A : Have you ever visited Reunification Palace?

B; No , I haven’t ………

V. Language focus 3: Have you ever + past participle......?

Example : A: Have you ever been to Hue ?

B:Yes , I have A: Have you ever played volley ball ?

B: No , I haven’t

VI.Language focus 4:

- Elicit from Ss the passive forms of present simple, past simple, present perfect, simple future - Ask Ss to work individually to complete the second sentence then compare with partner - Get feedback and correct

* Form: Be + past Participle Work individually to read the example then do the exercise * Answer key: a)Jean cloth was madw completely from cotton in the 2019th century. b) Rice is grown in tropical countries. c)Five million botles of champagne will be produce in France next year. d) A new style of Jeans has just been introduces in the USA. e) Two departement stores have been built this year.

Work individually then compare with partner

. The passive forms of model verbs and the verb partterns have to/ be going to ( LF 5 P21 ) - Elicit from Ss and give the form - ASk S to work individually to do the exercise LF5 then compare with partner - Give feedback and correct

VII.Language focus 5 : * Form:

5.Production - copy these sentences in LF notebook - Prepare Test 45â&#x20AC;&#x2122;

36

Modal verbs + be + past participle Have to/ be going to ? be + past participle * Answer key: a) The problem can be solved, b) Experriment on animals should be stopped. c) Life might be found on anther planet. d) All the schools in the city have to be improved e) A new bridge is going to be built in the area VIII.Homework - copy these sentences in LF notebook - Prepare Test 45â&#x20AC;&#x2122;

WEEK:7 Period:13

Preparing date: 29/9/2019 Teaching date: 6/10/2019 WRITTEN TEST N0 1

I. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: - By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to check themselves and do the tests better 2. Skills: Listening, speaking, reading, writing 3. Attitude: - Students should revise the old lessons 4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, capacity to use language - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: sensitive and responsible II. PREPARATIONS: 1.Teacher: copied papers, laptop 2.Students: pens III. MATRIX: Topics/ language & skills

Knowledge Objective

IListening Topic 1-2 (10 %)

IIGrammar and Vocab Topic 1-2 (35 %)

Subje ctive

Comprehension Objective 2.Listen and choose the best answers 4 items 1 point

1.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.

2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to

Subjecti ve

Application Low

Total

High

4 items 1 point 10 %

12 items 3,5poi nts 35%

37

complete each of the following sentences 14 items 3,5 points IIIReading Topic 1-2

1. Choose the word (a, b, c or d) that best fits each of the blank spaces

( 25%)

5 items 1,25 point

2.Read the passage and choose the best answer A, B, C for each gap.

5 items 1,25 point

IVWriting Topic 1-2 (30 %)

Total

14 items 3,5 points 35%

14 items 3.5 points 35%

10ite ms 2,5 points 25%

1.Choose 2.Rewrite the best the sentence following (a, b, c or sentences d) that has the same meaning as the root 4 items one 4 items 2points 1 point 8 items 3.0 points 30%

IV.TEST PART I : LISTEN Listen and choose the best answers(1pt) 1.

What may she be carrying?

A. a doll B. a bag 2. Where is Mary's father waiting for her?

38

C. a dog

D. a cat

8 items 3 points 30%

36 items 10 points 100%

A. shop B. entrance C. information desk D. strore 3. How old is Mary?

A. 13 B. 3 C. 5 D. 7 4. What is she wearing?

A. boots B. brown boots C. black shoes D. brown shoes PART II: GRAMMAR AND VOCAB 1.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest (1pt). b. wisdom c. wife d. tiger 5. a. fire 6. a. played b.listened c.wanted d. opened 7. a. face b.class c.grade d. late b.cage c.create d. camera 8. a. century 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences (2pts).

9.Malaysia is divided_____________ two regions.

A. to B. on C. in D. into 10.She often goes to the __________________ to pray because her regions is Islam.

A. church B. pagoda C. temple D. mosque 11.Mary was really _______________ by the beauty of Hanoi.

A. impress B. impression C. impressive D. impressed 12.The United State has a ___________________ of around 250 million.

A. population B. separation C. addition D. introduction 13.I wish Susan __________________ harder for her examination.

A. will work B. worked C. has worked D. works 14.He _______________ with friends in apartment in HCMC since last week.

A. living B. has lived C. lived D. live 15.I really wish I _____________ to America.

A. can go B. go C. could go D. will go 16.You work too much. Let your body ___________.

A. relax B. relaxing C. to relax D. relaxed 2019.Lan: “Hello. I’m Lan.” Nga: “______________________. I’m Nga.” A. Nice to meet you B. It’s my pleasure C. That’s right D. That’s right, I am 2019.Choose the underlined word or phrase that incorrect.

A hundred of employees were questioning by the police officers.

A B C D PART IV: READ 1.Choose the word (a, b, c or d) that best fits each of the blank spaces (1.25pt) 39

Named (19) _____________ an ex-Governor of New South Wales, Sydney is the State’s capital (20) ______________. Located on the south-east coast of Australia in the temperate zone, it enjoys a mild (21)____________, averaging 14.5 hours of sunshine per day (22)___________summer. It is also the largest, oldest and perhaps (23) __________situated city in Australia.

19. a. of b. like c. as d. after 20. a. area b. part c. city d. role 21. a. wind b. atmosphere c. degree d. climate 22. a. on b. in c. at d. from 23. a. the beautiful b. most beautifully c. the most beautifully d. beautifully II- Read the following passage and choose the item (a, b, c or d) that best answers each of questions about it (1,25 pt).

In England, children start secondary school at the age of 11. In the first two years of secondary school, all the students study the same 12 subjects. When the students are 14, they can choose the subjects that they like, but some subjects (e.g. maths, English, science and P.E.) are still compulsory.

At the age of sixteen, students take national exams called GCSEs (General Certificate of Secondary Education Exams). After these exam, about 25% of students leave school and find jobs. The other 75% stay at school. They study two, three or four school subjects and take advanced level exams (‘A levels’) when they are 2019.

24. At what age do children start secondary school? a. 6 b. 11 c. 12 d. 16 25. How many subjects do all the students study in the first two years? a. 11 b. 3 c. 12 d. 2019 26. What does the word “same” in the first paragraph mean? a. different b. not different c. similar d. not similar 27. How many percent of students leave school when they are sixteen? a. 2019 b. 16 c. 75 d. 25 28. What is the main topic of the passage? a. Secondary students in England like their study. b. Secondary education in England c. General Certificate of Secondary Education Exams. d. General Certificate of Primary Education Exams PART IV: WRITE 1. Choose the best sentence (a, b, c or d) that has the same meaning as the root one.(1pt) 29.They use cars and trucks to carry food to market.

A. Cars and trucks are used to carry food to market B. Cars and trucks are used to carried food to market.

40

C. Cars and trucks used to be carried food to market D. Cars and trucks are use to carry food to market 30.Lan hasn’t written to Maryam for a month.

A. It’s a month since Lan has written to Maryam.

B. Lan last wrote to Maryam a month ago.

C. It’s a month since Lan hasn’t written to Maryam.

D. Lan didn’t write to Maryam a month ago.

31.They have worked in that factory since 2001.

A. They have worked in that factory before 2001.

B. They worked in that factory in 2001.

C. They started to work in that factory in 2001.

D. They have started to work in that factory since 2001.

32.I started learning English four years ago .

A. I have been learning English since four years.

B. I have been learning English for four years.

C. I have started learning English for four years.

D. I had been learning English for four years.

2.Rewrite the following sentences. (2pts) 33. I am not a famous singer. (Rewrite this sentence, using “I wish......”)

I wish ……………………………………………………………………

34.They gave me some information about the local gym. (Change into passive) I ……………………………………………………………………………

35.I last saw my uncle when I was a small child. (Rewrite this sentence, using the Present Perfect tense.)

I have …………………………………………………………………

36.My house/ going/ build/ the builders/ next month. (Complete this sentences.) ………………………………………………………………….

V. KEY 1. 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Key A C B D B C B

Sentence 2019 2019 19 20 21 22 23

41

Key A C A C D B C

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

A D D D A B B C A

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

B C B D B A A C C

WRITE: 2 .0,5 p for each correct sentence.

33. I wish I were a famous singer 34. I was given some information about the local gym 35. I have not seen my uncle since I was a small child 36. My house is going to be built by the builders next month (Tape: Unit 2 –Listen ) (Mã đề 2 – đảo xáo trộn các câu) * PRODUCTION: - Ask Sts to do the exercises in the exercise book.

- Prepare for the next period.

---------------------- o0o ---------------------

Week: 8 Period: 14

Unit 3: A trip to the countryside Lesson 1: Getting started- Listen and read

Preparation date:1/10/2019 Teaching date : 8/10/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to talk about life and activities in the countryside.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

42

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures

T &S's activities 1. Warm up - Show the picture with 8 activities and ask Ss what are the people doing in the pictures?

- Whole class - Corrections

2. Presentation -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Pre- teach vocab: - Elicits and models .

-Ask Ss to repeat chorally and individually .

- Check R .O.R -Copy in note book *Set the scene: We are going tolisten and read the text of Liz's trip to the countryside so think of the question: What did, Liz Ba and his family do on journey to his hometown?

- Read the text and ask Ss to look at the book * T/F statements prediction: - ASk Ss to read the statements on page 43

The content of the lesson I. Warm up Answer key: Picture 1: watering the vegetables picture 2: swimming picture 3: feeding the chicken picture 4: harvesting picture 6: feeding the pigs picture 7 plowing the field picture 8 playing football

II . Vocab: 1. homevillage (stranslation) : quê nhà 2. bamboo forest (picture): rừng tre 3. banyan tree (picture): cây đa 4. shrine (picture) đền miếu 5 plough ( tran ) : cày 6.chance (n) : dịp 7. journey (n) : cuộc hành trình , chuyến đi

III. Guessing : True or False?

1. Ba and his family had a two- day trip to their home village.

23 then read the text and decide which is 2. Many people like going there for their true and which is false . weekends.

- Give feedback and correct 3. There is a small bamboo forest at the entrance to the village.

4. Liz had a snack at the house of Ba’ uncle.

5. There is a shrine on the mountain near Ba’s village.

6. Everyone had a picnic on the mountain.

7. Everyone left the village late in the evening.

8. Liz had a video tape to show the trip to her parents.

9.Liz wants to go there again. * Answer key: 1. F. (Ba and his family had a day trip to..)

2. T. 3. Practice: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion 3. F. ( There is a big old banyan tree at the group, technical present…. entrance to the village) -C: Co-operation, communication,…

4. F. ( people had a snack under the banyan -Q: Love family, friends and country tree) * Ask Ss to read and check their 5. T. prediction.

6. F. ( People had a picnic on the rivebank) - Give feedback and correct 7. T. 8. F. (Liz took a lot of photos to show her parents.)

9. T. IV. Answer the question: * Answer key: 1. It's 60 kilometers to the north of Hanoi. * Answer the questions: 2. Ba nad his family got to the village by bus.

-Ask Ss to work in groups to answer the 3. The banyan tree is at the antrance to the questions. village.

- Ask Ss to write the answers in the 4. They saw the shrine of a Vietnames hero on the mountain. study cards.

- Call some Ss answer the questions 5. They had a picnic on the river bank. before the class.

6. Lix took a lot of photos to show thr trip to - Teacher corrects. her parents.

7. Liz wishes she could visit Ba's village again 4. Futher practice * Speaking - Ask Ss to work in pairs to talk about their own village with the questions: a.Where is it? b.What do usually do in your village ?

44

(Picture may help) c.What is it like?

5.Production: - Write the answers in the notebook - Write about your village - Prepare l2 :Speak +listen

Week: 8 Period: 15

Unit 3 : A trip to the country side Lesson 2 : Speak + listen

Preparation date:6/10/2019 Teaching date : 13/10/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to ask for and give information about their own village & listen for details.

2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,â&#x20AC;Ś 45

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: text book, teacher’s book, sub-boards, pictures, cues .2, Students': text book, note book, chalks, pens III.Procedures

T &S's activities 1. Warm up: noughts and crosses - Divide the class into teams - Draw a nine- square grid on the board - Ask Ss to make questions about village.

2. Speak: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Pre speaking: - Give the poster with 6 questions and ask Ss to read the questions.

The content of the lesson

who

where

when

which

what

how

how many

is...?

are....?

I. Speaking: * Suggested questions 1.Where is your homevillage?

2.What can you see on the way to your home village?

3.What are some activities in the countryside?

4.When do you ofen go to your village?

5.How far is it from the city?

- Give the direction and ask a strong pair 6.Are there any banyan trees/ interesting to play the role of A and B. places/ in your village?

Is there a village gate?

- Ask the whole class work in pairs. * Example: Note: Ask Ss to cover the role that they A: Where is your village? don't play.

B: It's to the west of the city A: How far is it from th city?

- Whole class.

B: It's about 15 kms from th e city.

A: How can you get there?

Pairwork.

B: We can get there by motor bike. *. While speaking: - Ask Ss to work in pairs to ask and A: How long does it take to get there? answer about their real village.

B: It takes 50 minutes - Elicit Ss can add some more questions A; What do people do for a living in your about: relatives, childrent's games, village?

46

interesting places...............

b: They plant rice and raise cattle.

A: Does your village have a river?

B: There aren't any rivers but there is a big lake.

3.Listen: -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Pre listening * Pre teach vocab: - Elicits and models -Ask Ss to repeat chorally and individually.

- Checking: rub out and remember *Set the scence: You will listen to the trip to Ba's village . Now look at the picture of map in the book and guess where the places - Ask Ss to look at the map in the book - Ask Ss to make sure the meaning of nine given phrases - Get feedback * Prediction : - Ask Ss to guess which suitable place to fill In the map *. While Listening - Get Ss to listen to the tape the first time to check their predictions - ASk Ss to compare their answers with partner - ASk Ss to listen to the tape the second time to make sure their answers - Give feedback and correct 4. Post Listening -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ask Ss to work in pairs to draw a simple map of their homevillage and show their partner the way to their homevillage 5. Production: 47

II. Listening : * Vocab: -a) route(a way from one place to another place)lộ trình -(a) pond (example) ao -Parking lot = car park : khu vực dể xe ôtô -(to) pick somebody up (translation) đón ai

* Answer key A: Banyan tree B: air port C: highway no1 D: Dragon Bridge E: Gas station F: store G: pond H: Bamboo forest I: Parking lot

- Do exercise 4,5 in the workbook - Write to describe your hometown.

- Do exercise4,5 in the workbook.

WEEK:8 Period:15

Preparing date: Teaching date:

UNIT 3: A TRIP TO THE COUTRYSIDE Lesson 2: Speaking and listening I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practice talking and listenning about home village and describe the countryside 2. Skills: Speaking, listening 3. Attitude: - Positive about a trip to the countryside.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE Students and teacher’s activities Contents 1.Warm up: - Work in groups to make a list of words about countryside.

EX: lake, banyan tree, bamboo tree …

2. Pre-speaking SPEAK -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. 1- Matching -C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country A - Do matching individually 1. Where is your school ?

2. How for is it from your home ?

3. How do you get to school ?

48

B takes

a. It 30 minutes. b. I go there by bus c. It’s opposite the post pffice.

4. How long does it take to get d. Yes, I do there?

5. Do you like it ? e. It’s about 4 kms Key: 1 + c 4+a 3. While-speaking -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Work in pairs to ask and answer about their real home village. (If don’t have a home village, make up other similar information).

- Speak in front of the claas - Refer the T’ s answer.

4. Post-speaking -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country call ss to retell about their homevillage

2+e 5+d

3+b

2- Speak in pairs EX: A: Where is your home village ?

B: It’s to the west of the city .......

3- Retell about their home village

LISTEN 1- Vocab 1. airport: s©n bay 2. gas station: tr¹m x¨ng 3. pond: ao 4. highway No 1: ®ưêng quèc lé 1 - Ask Ss to predict to match the 5. banyan tree: c©y ®a place on the bus route with the letters 6. store: cöa hµng on the map 7. bamboo forest: bôi, luü tre.

8. Dragon Bridge: CÇu Rång 4.2. While-listening: 9. parking lot: b7i ®ç xe.

- Listen to the tape and check 2- Listen match the place on the predictions. bus route with the letters on the map - Compare As with partners * The right As: - Give As in front of the class.

4.1. Pre-listening - Ask Ss to look at the map.

- Explain the meaning of the words:

49

- Listen to the tape again and check As A: Banyan tree.

B: Air port.

C: Highway No .1.

D: Dragon Bridge.

E: Gas station.

F: Store 4.3. Post-listening G: Pond.

-TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present…. H: Bamboo forest.

I: Parking lot.

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Ask Ss to work in groups to describe the way from their house to school.

5. Production: - Ask Ss to write a short passage about their home village.

- Prepare "Read" ----------------------@0@------------------Week:8 Period:16

Preparing date: Teaching date: FEEDBACK ON TEST 45’

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: After getting back the test papers, students will be able to evaluate their knowledge and have a plan for the next time 2. Skills: To correct Ss’ errors if necessary 3. Attitude: - To give Ss the motivation to learn hard for their exam - Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: test 45’ 2.Students: notebooks III./.PROCEDURE: 1- Warm up - How are you today?

- Are you ready for getting back the test papers?

2- Teacher's idea * Priority: 50

- Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well.

- Ss try their best to get good marks.

- Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request.

- Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about showing.

- Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves.

- Ss find their mistakes by themselves.

- Ss share and compare with a partners.

-T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test.

-Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did.

-Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board -T: Gives the correct answers.

-Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers 2. Key: 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Key A C B D B C B A D D D A B B

Sentence 2019 2019 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 51

Key A C A C D B C B C B D B A A

15 16

C A

31 32

C C

WRITE: 2 .0,5 p for each correct sentence.

33. I wish I were a famous singer 34. I was given some information about the local gym 35. I have not seen my uncle since I was a small child 36. My house is going to be built by the builders next month (Tape: Unit 2 –Listen - Spend time with students to ask questions about their tests, their points.

- T asks Ss write key in notebook and correct their mistakes by themselves.

5-Production: - Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson ----------------------@0@-------------------

Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ……………………………………….

52

WEEK:10 Period:2019

Preparing date: 15/10/2019 Teaching date:22/10/2019

UNIT 3: A TRIP TO THE COUTRYSIDE Lesson 3: Reading I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know more about the life on a farm of American family 2. Skills: Speaking, listening 3. Attitude: - Positive about a trip to the countryside.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE 1.Warm up: “Matching game”.

Tree, paddy, bank, home, bamboo, field, forest, fresh, banyan, air, river, village …

- Work in groups to do “Matching” Key: banyan tree, paddy field, home village, bamboo forest, fresh air, river bank.

Students and teacher’s activities Contents 2. Pre-reading: 5' -TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C:Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country * Set the sence 1- Vocab What trees/vegetables do farmers in Grow maize: trång ng« America grow ?

Work part – time: lµm viÖc b¸n thêi gian + What animals do they raise ?

Grocery eggs: cöa hµng t¹p ho¸ + What do they usually eat ?

53

Collect eggs: thu lîm trøng Hamburger: b¸nh h¨m b¬ gHot dog: xóc xÝc.

- elicits new words - Get ss to read the words and copy them 3. While-reading: 15' TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Call st by st to match word by word 2) Matching and tell the meaning in Vietnamese Maize + corn.

Feed + give food to eat.

Grocery store + where people buy …

Part-time + shorter or less than…

Collect + bring things together 3)Gap fill: - Ss read the text again and write the 1. Ohio ; 2. farmer ; 3. work part-time at missing words in their notebooks a grocery store; 4. Peter ; 5. Sam. then exchange to check 6. after ; 7. farm ; 8. they watch ; 9. baseball ; 10. member.

4- Post-reading: 15 - Ss work in pairs to practise speaking to ask and answer the questions in 3' - Ask ss to close their books - Call ss to stand up to ask and answer about the - Ss work in pairs to check their speaking each other - T calls some ss to retell

4. Questions and answers about the text a) Where is the Parker family ‘s farm? b) How many children do Mr and Mrs Parker have ? c) What does Van do in the afternoon? d) What do the whole family do on Saturday afternoons?

Answers a) It’s 100 km out side Columbus, Ohio. b) They have two children: Peter and Sam. c) He feeds the chickens and collects the eggs. d) Peter plays baseball, the Perker family and Van eat humbugers and hot dogs 54

- retell the text 5.Production: - Learn by heart new words.

- Prepare "Write" ----------------------@0@-------------------

WEEK:10 Period:2019

Preparing date: 15/10/2019 Teaching date:22/10/2019

UNIT 3: A TRIP TO THE COUTRYSIDE Lesson 4: Writing 55

I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a passage entitled “A Country Picnic”.

2. Skills: Writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about a trip to the countryside.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE 1.Warm - up: Brainstorm: A country picnic - What to prepare: food, drink, blanket, clothes, umbrella, hat, shoes, tent…

- Students and teacher’s activities: play games, sing songs, go fishimg, go boating, go swimming…..

Students and teacher’s activities Contents 2. Pre-writing: * Change the verbs into the past TM: Play game, practising, discussion Go- went, play- played, lay- laid, group, technical present…. take- took, walk-walked, run- ran, -C: Co-operation, communication,… catch- caught, be- was/were -Q: Love family, friends and country - T gives out verbs inf -Ss go to the board and write the verbs in the past 3. While-writing TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Work in individual to write a passage It was a beautiful day, my friends and to retell a picnic to the countryside, using the words given. Begin with: It I decided to go on a picnic. We took a bus to the countryside and then walked was a beautifull day …. about 20 minutes to the picnic site next Check and correct mistakes. to the river. We put down the blanket 56

and laid out the food. After meal we played the games “ What song is it ?” and “blind man’s buff.

Late in the afternoon, we went fishing.

We enjoyed our picnic. When we looked at the time, it was nearly 6.30 pm. We hurriedly gathered our things and ran to the bus stop. We were lucky to catch the last bus and we arrived home very late in the evening 4. Post-writing TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Ss Write about their own picnic 5. Production: - Prepare Language focus ----------------------@0@------------------WEEK:10 Preparing date:20/10/2019 Period:19 Teaching date:27/10/2019

UNIT 3: A TRIP TO THE COUTRYSIDE Lesson 5: Language focus + test 15’ I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use conditional sentences type 2, adverb clauses of result and use “could “ with “wish” to talk and do exercises well 2. Skills: Use of English, writing, speaking 3. Attitude: - Positive about a trip to the countryside.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE 57

1.Warmer: TEST 15' 1.Read and complete the paragraph by choose the words in the box. (5pts)

so

part-time

stay on

in

Van , a student from HCM city, is an exchange in the USA. He is now living with the Parker family on a farm 100km outside Columbus, Ohio.He will(1)…………. there till the beginning of October.

Mr Parker grows maize on his farm, while his wife works (2)............................at a grocery store in a nearby town. They have two sons, Peter is the same age as Van, and Sam is still in primary school. Since Van arrived, he has been learning a lot about life on a farm. ….(3) .. the afternoon, as soon as he completes his homework, he feeds the chickens and collects their eggs.(4)............ weekends, if Mr Parker is busy, the three boys help him on the farm.

On Saturday afternoon, Peter plays baseball. The Parker family and Van eat hamburgers or hot dogs while they watch Peter play. The Parker are nice(5)................Van feels like a member of their family.

2.Choose the word (a, b, c or d) that best fits each of the blank spaces (5pts) Last week, I had a day trip to the countryside with some of my friends. We went to visit a farm on which Peter's Uncle Tom works.

We (6)_______ early in the morning and went there by bus. Uncle Tom and some workers met us at the bus stop and (7)_______ us to their farm. After lunch, we all went (8)_______ a walk round the farm. In the afternoon we went to the cattle farm. A lot of horses, sheep and cows were (9)_______ here. After having some tea and cakes we said goodbye and went home. It was an (10)_______ day!

6. A. leave B. leaving C. left D. to leave 7. A. brought B. took C. picked D. dropped 8. A. for B. on C. in D. to trapped risen collected 9. A. B. C. D. raised 10. A. enjoyable B. enjoy C. enjoying D. enjoyed KEY: Sentence Key Sentence Key 1 stay 6 C 2 Part time 7 B 3 in 8 A 4 on 9 A 5 so 10 A Students and teacher’s activities 2- Conditional Ss type 2 with

Contents 1- Conditional Ss type 2 with “wish”.

58

“wish”.

TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country T asks ss to make some examples basing on the situations, then give out the structure using "Wish" Ss look at the pictures and words cues in the books to complete the sentences by speaking then write

Ex 1: b) Hoa wishes she could visit her parents. c) I wish I passed the exam. d) We wish it didn’t rain. e) He wishes he could fly. f) They wish they could stay in Hue S + wish2-(es) + S + (could V/ V qk ) Prepositions of+time: -At: 7a.m, night,noon, midnight, midday, Christmas the end of week...

- On: Monday, Monday morning, beautiful day,1st May, Christmas Day/ Eve, -In: the morning, summer, May, 2014, 21st century, in two days(TL),

Ex2 + Ex3 * The right As are: 3- Prepositions of time b) on c) between d) till e) after. f) up to - Ss tell when to use prepositions of - Complete the sentences with on, at, in time, like: at, on, in, after, before, and for. (Exercise 3). till, between...and, from...to * The right As are: - Ask Ss to do exercise 2,3 (P.30) in a) on b) at – in c) in their notebooks then exchange to d) for e) in f) at. check and correct

4- Adv clauses of result.

TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country

Notes: On: ngµy, thø In: buæi trong ngµy, th¸ng, n¨m, thÕ kû, kho¶ng thêi gian trong t¬ng lai At: giê, thêi gian ®Æc biÖt 3- Adv clauses of result. + I woke up late , so I missed the bus. + It rained, so I stayed home yesterday afternoon. * The right As are: 1 + e (Hoa work hard, so she passed her 59

exam).

2 + a (It was hot, so I turned on the air conditioner).

- Explain adverb clauses of result by 3 + d (Nga is sick today, so she won’t go to school). giving some examples.

4 + b (Na woke up late, so she didn’t - Ask Ss to do exercise 4 (P.31) in have time for breakfast). their notebooks then exchange to 5 + c (The new camera didn’t work, so check the correct answers Mrs.Robinson took it back to the shop 5. Production: - Ss make 10 sentences, use wish and adverb clauses of result “so” - Do exercise 8 on page 24 (workbook) ----------------------@0@-------------------

WEEK:10 Period:20

Preparing date: 22/10/2019 Teaching date:29/10/2019

UNIT 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE Lesson 1: Getting started & listen and read I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to to understand more about ways of learning English well and know how to attend in an interview 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, reading 3. Attitude: - Positive about learning a forreign language.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

60

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE Students and teacher’s activities Contents 1- Getting started.

1. Warmer:

2.Presentation.

TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Work in groups to discuss and answer about how to learn a foreign language

Ss’ As maybe: + Learn new words, do Production, read the text, sing English songs, read newspapers and magazines, watch English news, talk with friends in English….

2- New words and phrases.

Examiner: gi¸m kh¶o Aspect of learning El: lÜnh vùc häc T.A Written axamination: kú thi viÕt Oral examination: kú thi nãi 3- Open prediction

- T set the sence - Ss guess 5 question the examiner asked Lan 3. Practice TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country 4- Ex b/ p33: Find what the examiner Read the conversation again and find asked Lan.: what the examiner asked Lan.: *Answers key:

- Ss work in pairs to ask and answer

1, 2,6,7,8,9,10,14

5- Role play : imagine you are Lan , your friend is the examiner. Make a dialogue 61

6- Reporting: Imagine you are Lan. Now report the examiner's questions ex: The examiner asked me what my name was 7- Reporting : Report the questions that the examiner asked Lan ex: The examiner asked Lan what her name was .....

4. Further practice: Ss retell how to change the questions from direct into indirect speech 5. Production: - Make 5 questions and change from direct into indirect speech - Prepare "Speak" ----------------------@0@------------------- Call some ss to report

WEEK:11 Period:21

Preparing date: 27/10/2019 Teaching date:3/11/2019

UNIT 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE Lesson 2: Speaking I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to to express their own idea and persuade somebody to do something 2. Skills: Speaking, listening 3. Attitude: - Positive about learning a foreign language.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,â&#x20AC;Ś - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,â&#x20AC;Ś II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE 1. Warm up: Work in groups to do matching.

A B a)What are you studying ?

1. At New Star English center 62

b) Why do you think most people learn El ? c)Do you like learning El ? d) When did you start learning El ? e) How did you learn El well ? f)Where do you studying ? g) Why do you choose it ?

2. English 3. Two years ago.

4. Very often it’s to get a better job 5. Yes, I do. I love it.

6. I practice speaking alot.

7. It’s one of the best center in Hanoi

- Key: A - 2, b - 4 , c - 5 , d - 3 , e-6 , f-1, g–7 Students and teacher’s activities

Contents

2- Pre- speaking TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country

1- Vocabulary

Introduce the topic of speaking.

(Thu, Tam and Kim have been awarded a scholarship of US$ 2.000 to attend an El language summer course abroad.

You work in groups of three and play the role of these 3 students to persuade your partner to attend the school you would like to go to, you study the advertisements of three language schools that the three girls plan to study).

- Present some new words: 3- While-speaking TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

63

dormitory:ký tóc x¸ On campus: trong khu«n viªn.

Reputation: danh tiÕng Approximately: xÊp xØ

2- Dialogue Kim: Which school are you going to

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Conduct Ss to practice speaking.

- Call some groups to practice in front of the class.

- Give suggested As (on extra-board)

4- Post-speaking TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Make a short talk about the school they want to attend to.

attend ? I think we should go to brisbane Institute of English in Australia.

Tam: I disagree because we have to live with an Australian family. It’s not comfortable.

Thu: Why don’t we go to the Brighton language Center in the UK? If we go there , we can live in a dormitory on campus.

Kim: But the course is too expensive.

It costs US $ 2,00.

Tam: What do you think about the Seattle School of English in the USA ?

Thu: The price is suitable, and we can stay with Vietnamese friends, so we feel less home sick.

Kim: That is a good idea !

3- Reporting Ex: Hi, I’m Thu. It’s my pleasure to tell you about the Brighton Language Center. It is in the UK, students who study here can live in the dormitory on campus. It is a good chance to live with students who come from different countries.The school has excellent reputation and is the best school in the UK..

5. Production: - Ask Ss to do exercise 2 on page 28 (work book) - Prepare "Listen" ----------------------@0@-------------------

64

WEEK:11 Period:22

Preparing date: Teaching date:

UNIT 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE Lesson 3: Listening I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to to know some difficulties in learning El by listening to the conversation between Nga and Kate 2. Skills: Listening 3. Attitude: - Positive about learning a forreign language.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,â&#x20AC;Ś - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,â&#x20AC;Ś II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE 1.Warm up: 65

Work in pairs to do “Yes/ No Qs”.

Do you … ? do a lot of grammar exercise ? learn to sing El songs ? watch English TV programs ? have difficulty in listening/ reading ...? like learning El abroad ?

Yes(v)/No (x)

Students and teacher’s activities 2- Pre-listening TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Introduce situation. (A conversation between Nga and Kate about Nga’s studying El).

- Explain new words: - Conduct Ss to read the statements in the book to get some information about Nga, and predict which statement is T or F

Contents

1- Vocabulary National bank: ngân hàng nhà nớc.

Improve: cải thiện.

Excellent: xuất sắc.

2- T/ F statements * The right As are: a) True. b) True. c) False. ( She works for an international bank in Hanoi.). d) True. e) False.( Her listening is terrible). f) True.

3- While-listening 3- Answer the questions TM: Play game, practising, discussion The questions about Nga. group, technical present….

1) Does Nga like studying English ?

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

2) What about her listening ?

-Q: Love family, friends and country Listen to the tape, check ( ) the box 3) Does she need to improve her writing ? and correct the false ones.

- Compare the answers with the 4) Did she learn English at school and university ? predictions.

Answer - Give answers in front of the class.

1) Yes, she does. 2) It' s terrible - Listen to the tape again and check answers 3) Yes, she does. (4) Yes, she did.

66

4- Post-listening: TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Ss practise speaking in pairs to ask and answer

.The questions about you.

1) What aspects of learning English do you like ?

2) Which skills are you good at ?

3) What can you do to improve your speaking Answer 1) I like …..

2) I' m good at …

3) I speak El with friends ….

.5.Production: - Ask Ss to do exercise 3 on page 28 (work book) - prepare "Read" ----------------------@0@------------------năm 2019 Kiểm tra ngày tháng ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ……………………………………….

67

WEEK:12 Period:23

Preparing date: Teaching date:

UNIT 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE Lesson 4: Reading I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know information in advertisement about English courses 2. Skills: Reading 3. Attitude: - Positive about learning a forreign language.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE Students and teacher’s activities Contents 1. Warmer: Net words 1- New words and phrases.

Beginner: líp s¬ cÊp Intermediate: líp trung cÊp Advances class: líp cao cÊp Well- qualified teachers: Nh÷ng gv cã tr×nh ®é cao. council: hộ đồng academy: viện hàn lâm institute: học viện 2- Pre-reading 2- Brainstorm TM: Play game, practising, discussion What information does an group, technical present…. advertisement of an E course give?

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

- Time -Q: Love family, friends and country - Place * Set the sence 68

+ Do you go to an evening English - kinds of class class ?

- teachers + Have you read any advertisements - Adress to contact about English courses ? + What kind of information do you see in these advertisements ?...

- Explain the new words and phrases Ss guess information for an advertisement of an E course and tell teacher individually 3- While-reading: 3- Exercises * a/p36: Note down information - Let Ss scan the advertisements about the English classes from - Ask Ss to read the advertisements, advertisements and do exercise part a) individually * The right As are: then exchange their note book to check School

Class time (Mor/After/Eve.

Academy of Morning afternoon evening Language Foreign Lang Council Mor and Eve New El Institue After / Eve / - Ss choose and tell the reason weekend individually *b/p36: Read the notes made by Mr Lam to know his requirements for an El course.

Read the advertisements again and choose a suitable language school for him.

Foreign Language Council is the most suitable school for Mr.Lam because it 4- Post-reading TM: Play game, practising, discussion meets all the requirements set on. group, technical presentâ&#x20AC;Ś.

4- Tell your choice -C: Co-operation, communication,â&#x20AC;Ś -Q: Love family, friends and country Choose 1 school you want to attent and say why 69

5. Production: - Learn by heart new words - Ask Ss write one advertisement about the El course.

- prepare "write" ----------------------@0@------------------WEEK:12 Period:24

Preparing date: Teaching date:

UNIT 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE Lesson 5: Writing I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a formal letter of inquiry to be given information about an English course 2. Skills: Writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about learning a forreign language.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE 1. Warmer: Chatting 2- Pre-writing: TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Explain a letter of requiry: (A letter of requiry is a request for information or action. Letter of requiry is a kind of formal letters. And in all formal letters, you must include the addresses of the writer and the recipent. Besides, you must adopt strict regulations about the formal and structure of the letter).

- Introduce the formal letters format (on the extra-board).

Formal letters format

Your address ……………..

Today’s date …………….. …… Full name of the person receiving the 70 letter …… The person’s street address.

Dear …... The person’s shortened name

3- While-writing TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Conduct Ss to write a letter.

- Let Ss check letters each others.

- Give suggested letter on the sub-board.

Dong Tho November 20 th , 2008.

Dear sir, I saw your Institute’s advertisement on today ‘s program. I am interested in learning English and I would like some more information about your institute. I can speak a little English, but I read it very slowly and my writing is bad. So I want to improve my reading and my writing.

Could you please provide more information about the length of the the course and fees for the beginer ? I can supply my record of English study if necessary.

I look forward to hearing from you soon.

Yours faithfully.

Trung.

4- Post-writing TM: technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Correct ss’ mistakes 5. Production.

- Ask Ss to rewrite the letter above.

----------------------@0@-------------------

Kiểm tra ngày tháng năm 2019 ……………………………………… ………………………………………. ……………………………………….

71

WEEK:13 Period:25

Preparing date: Teaching date:

UNIT 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE Lesson 6: Language focus I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use modal verbs with “if”; Direct and reported speech to talk and do exercises well 2. Skills: Speaking, writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about learning a forreign language.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE Students and teacher’s activities Contents 1- Modal verbs with “if”.

1- Modal verbs with “if”.

TM: Play game, practising, discussion If + present simple tense, S + modals + group, technical present….

V -C: Co-operation, communication,…

Ex: If you want to get good marks, you -Q: Love family, friends and country must study harder.

- Introduce the uses of modal verbs with *Exercise 1. (P.38): The right As are: “if”. a) you must study hard.

- Ask Ss to do exercise 1 by speaking b) You have to go to university then writing individually c) you should do a lot of exercise. d) he might miss the train. e) you ought to stay in bed. f) You must do your homework 2- Reported speech 2- Reported speech TM: Play game, practising, discussion Complete the table (exercise 2) group, technical present….

Direct Reported Direct -C: Co-operation, communication,… speech speech speech -Q: Love family, friends and country Ss close their books and look at the 72

board then write the changes in reported Present speech on the board simple - open the book to check and correct

Past simple

this

that

these

those

Present progressive

Past pro…

here

There

Future simple

Would + V

now

then

Can/may

Could/might today

Must

Had to

The tomorrow following day

*Exercise 3: The right As are: a) Uncle Hung said that birthday cake was delicious. b) Miss Nga said she loved those roses. c) Cousin Mai said she was having a wonderful time there. d) Mr Chi said he would go to hue the next day. e) Mrs Hoa said she might have a new job. f) Mr. Quang said he had to live then.

- Conduct Ss to do exercise 3.

- Put the direct statements into indirect ones as the example in the book.

- ss write individually in their notebooks in 3' then exchange their notebooks to check - Call ss to write the indirect sentences on the board to correct ( one student writes one sentence ) - Ask ss to retell the structures 3- Reported questions 3- Reported questions.

TM: Play game, practising, discussion + Change Yes/No questions into group, technical present…. reported Qs. -C: Co-operation, communication,…

S + asked + (O) + if/wether + S + V -Q: Love family, friends and country + Change Wh- questions into reported - get ss to do exercise 4 Qs. - ss write individually in their notebooks in 3' then exchange their notebooks to check - Call ss to write the indirect sentences on the board to correct ( one student writes one sentence )

73

That day

S + asked + (O) + Q word + S + V * EX4- Report the questions wich the interviewer asked Nga as the example. * The right As: a) She asked me how old I was. b) She asked me if my school was near there.

c) She asked me what the name of my chool was. d) She asked me if I went to school by bike. e) She asked me which grade I was in . f) She asked me if I could use a computer. g) She asked me why I wanted that job. h) She asked me when I my school vacation started.

4. Further practice: repeat 5. Production: - Ask Ss to do the exercises again and copy them into note book.

- Do exercise 8 on page 24 (workbook) ----------------------@0@------------------WEEK:13 Preparing date: Period:26 Teaching date:

THE 2ND WRITTEN TEST I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: - By the end of the test students will be able to review main contents from Unit 3 to Unit 4.

-Reported speech, coditional sentences "wish", adverb clause of result, gerund, "used to", prepositions …, topics of language 2. Skills: Pay attention to listening, reading and writing skills 3. Attitude: - Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE 74

Topics/ language & skills IListening Topic 3-4 (10 %)

Knowledge Objective

Subje ctive

Comprehension Objective

Subjecti ve

.Listen to the conversation carefully then decide whether the following sentences are true or false

Application Low

Total

High

4 items 1 point 10 %

4 items 1 point

IIGrammar and Vocab Topic 3-4 (35 %)

IIIReading Topic 3-4 ( 25%)

1.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.

2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences 14 items 3,5 points

12 items 3,5poi nts 35%

1. Choose the word (a, b, c or d) that best fits each of the blank spaces

5 items 1,25 point 75

2.Read the passage and choose the best answer A, B, C for each gap.

10ite ms 2,5 points 25%

5 items 1,25 point

IVWriting Topic 3-4 (30 %)

Total

14 items 3,5 points 35%

14 items 3.5 points 35%

1.Choose 2.Rewrite the best the sentence following (a, b, c or sentences d) that has the same meaning as the root 4 items one 4 items 2points 1 point 8 items 3.0 points 30%

Hung Cuong Secondary School Class: ………

Student’s name : ……………………..

KIỂM TRA 45 PHÚT SỐ 2 - NĂM HỌC 2019-2019 Môn: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 9 Thời gian làm bài: 45 phút Marks

Teacher’s Opinion

76

8 items 3 points 30%

36 items 10 points 100%

PART I : LISTEN Listen to the conversation carefully then decide whether the following sentences are true or false.(1 pt) 1.Nga is from the USA .

2.She learns English for her job.

3.She works for a supermarket in Ha Noi. 4.She needs to improve her writing skill.

PART II: GRAMMAR AND VOCAB 1.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest (1pt).

5. A. buffalo B. reputation C. study D. lunch 6. A. station B. bamboo C. national D. exam B. here C. area D. wear 7. A. nearby 8. A. shrine B. institute C. until D. improve 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences (2pts).

9.I .....................English since 2001.

A. have learnt B. has learnt C. learnt D. learn 10.I wish I ....................this exam.

A. can pass B. pass C. will pass D. could pass 11.If he ....................hard, he can get good marks.

A. studied B. studies C. study D. has studied 12.I’ll be in Ha Noi from Friday ................. Sunday.

A. on B. up to C. between D. after 13.You can speak English fluently. It means your speaking is .......................... .

A. bad B. terrible C. excellent D. well 14. Viet got up late, …………. he couldn't catch the first bus.

A. then B. so C. as D. when 15. He can't earn money ……….. he has no job.

A. unless B. until C. if D. without 16. I'm always go to school ………. time.

A. on B. at C. from D. during 2019. She said she would be there ……………… .

A. the next day B. next day C. following day D. tomorrow 2019. The teacher asked me ………….. in the class time.

A. to not talk B. to talk C. not talk D. not to talk PART IV: READ 1.Choose the word (a, b, c or d) that best fits each of the blank spaces (1,25pt) English is a very useful language. If we (19)________ English, we can go to any countries we like. We will not find it hard to make people understand (20)_________ we want to say. English also help us to learn all kinds 77

of(21)__________ hundreds of books are (22)________in English everyday in (23)__________ countries.

19. A. to know 20. A. what 21. A. subjects 22. A. write 23. A. much

B. know B. where B. things B. wrote B. lot of

C. knew C. when C. ideas C. written C. many

D. known D. how D. plans D. writing D. any

II- Read the following passage and choose the item (a, b, c or d) that best answers each of questions about it (1,25 pt).

Last weekend, Mr and Mrs Lam took their children to their home village about 10 kilometers from Dalat. The village lies at the foot of a hill where people plant a lot of vegetables. Mr Lam’s parents have lived there for nearly fifty years.

Their house is in the centre of village. It’s a nice house built of brick, located in the middle of a large garden. Their bedrooms look out over the yard behind the house where various kinds of flowers are in full bloom all year round.

Mr Lam’s children were very interested in the visit. They got up early in the morning. They followed their grandfather going up the hill to see the landscape at dawn. Then they came back home for breakfast. After the long walk, they all felt hungry. They ate the sticky rice as if they hadn’t ever got such a delicious dish.

24. Where did Mr Lam’s family go last weekend?

A. their village B. Dalat C. a hill D. mountain 25. How long have Mr Lam’s parents lived in this village for over fifteen years?

A. 15 years B. nearly 50 years C. over 15 years D. over 50 years 26. What is the house like?

A. big B. small C. beautiful D. new 27.What did the children do in the early morning?

A. got up early B. went up the hill B. C. saw the landscape at dawn D. all are correct 28.What was their grandfather’s house made from ?

A. brick B. metal C. wooden D. bamboo PART IV: WRITE 1. Choose the best sentence (a, b, c or d) that has the same meaning as the root one.(1pt) 29.You practice your English regularly, and your English will improve .

A. If you will practice your English regularly, your English improve .

B. If you practice your English regularly, your English will improve .

C. If you practiced your English regularly, your English will improve .

D. If you practice your English regularly, your English would improve .

30. Study hard or you will fail the final exam.

A. If you don’t study hard, you will fail the final exam.

B. If you didn’t study hard, you will fail the final exam.

C. If you study hard, you will fail the final exam.

78

D. If you don’t study hard, you won’t fail the final exam.

31. “I’ll leave here for a trip tomorrow,” she said.

A. She said I’ll leave here for a trip tomorrow.

B. She said she would leave there for a trip tomorrow.

C. She said I would leave here for a trip the following day.

D. She said she would leave there for a trip the following day.

32. “ Do you like sports?” She asked me.

A. She asked me whether she like sports.

B. She asked me if she like sports.

C. She asked me if I liked sports.

D. She asked me whether I like sports.

2.Rewrite the following sentences. (2pts) 33.”I must do my homework” said Nam. -> Nam said he.................................................................................................................

34.”Mai is learning English now” said Nam. -> Nam said Mai.............................................................................................................

35.”How do you go to school?” said the teacher.

->The teacher asked how..................................................................................................

36.”Do you like watching English news?” said Ba. ->Ba asked ......................................................................................................................

Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Key

Sentence 2019 2019 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

79

Key

13 14 15 16

29 30 31 32

KEY ĐÁP ÁN BÀI KT 45’ SỐ 2- NĂM HỌC 2019-2019 Môn: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 9 3. 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Key

Sentence 2019 2019 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

F T F T B A D A A D B B C B C A

Key A

D B A A C C A B C D A B A D C

WRITE: 2 .0,5 p for each correct sentence.

1. Nam said he had to do his homework.

2. Nam said Mai was learning English then.

3. The teacher asked how I went to school.

4. Ba asked if I liked watching English news.

(Tape: Unit 4 –Listen ) --------------------------------------------------WEEK:14 Preparing date: Period:27 Teaching date:

UNIT 5: THE MEDIA Lesson 1: Getting started & listen and read I./. OBJECTIVES 80

1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know the development of the media and tell about it 2. Skills: Speaking, listening, reading 3. Attitude: - Positive about the media.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE Students and teacher’s activities Contents 1. Warmer: Chatting 2.Presentation TM: Play game, practising, discussion 1- Getting started: 5' group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Introduce the topic by asking: What are THE MEDIA these Students and teacher’s activities ?

What can we call these things ?

- Work in pairs to look at the pictures and listening to the radio practice asking and answering about partner’s favorite Students and teacher’s activities in his/her free time and the time he/she spends on each Students and teacher’s activities.

Ex: S1: Which of these is your favorite Using the Internet Watching TV activity ?

S2: Watching TV. S1: How many hours aweek do you spend watching TV ?

S2: About 5 or 6 hours , I guess.

2- Listen and read - Ask ss to tell the meaning to match with 81

new words - Get ss to read and copy - Check by R.O.R

Matching crier (n):

Người rao tin tức trên đường ph

viewer (n): Người xem truyền hình remote control (n): Điều khiển từ xa interactive (adj): Tương tác shout (v): La, hét benefit (n): Lợi ích, phúc lợi

3.Practice TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ss guess the ordre then listen once to check

- call 4 students to read again - Ss read and put the correct letters into facts and events then exchange to check

- ss work in pairs to ask and answer then play " Lucky Numbers"in 3 teams

82

Ngư Người rao tin t

* Ordering statements: 5' a. Television is cheap and convenient entertainment. b. Vietnamese enjoy reading “ Kien thuc ngay nay”, one of the most popular magazines. c. Long time ago, criers had to shout the latest news as they were walking in the street. d. Interactive is the development of TV 1- c 2- b 3- a 4- d * Listen and read again:2' * Complete the table: 3' Facts & Events 1- Remote control are used to interact with TV 2- One of the most magazines 3- People of different ages like this magazine 4- Benefits of TV 5- People got the news from town criers * Answer the questions in book/p42 1- A town crier was a person who went through city streets ringing a bell and shouting the latest news as they were walking 2- The Kien Thuc Ngay Nay is one of the most popular magazines and is widely read both teenagers and adults

3. People can get the latest information and enjoy interesting and inexpensive local and international programs in a convenient way 4,They are [ the Thanh Nien, the Kien Thuc Ngay Nay)... * Model : like/ love/hate + Ving * Discussion: What do you think about the media 4. Further practice: Repeat what has been learnt 5. Production: - Ask Ss to learn by heart the new words, do exercise 1,2 – P.35,36/ workbook.

năm 2019 Kiểm tra ngày tháng ………………………………………

WEEK:14 Period:28

Preparing date: Teaching date:

UNIT 5: THE MEDIA Lesson 2: Speaking and listening I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able use tag questions, gerunds, TV programs, developments of some medias 2. Skills: Speaking, listening 83

3. Attitude: - Positive about the media.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE Students and teacher’s activities Contents 1- Wordstorm 1- Wordstorm football weather forecast news Ss go to the board and write in 3 teams correct and find out the winner TV programes

…….. …….

Folk Music. : Nh¹c cæ truyÒn.

Literature and art. v¨n häc nghÖ thuËt Safe trafic news. an toµn giao th«ng.

Wheel of fortune. chiÕc nãn kú diÖu The price is right: H·y chän gi¸ ®óng Catch phrase: ®uæi h×nh b¾t ch÷.

The road to the Olympia peak.: §êng lªn ®Ønh Olympia 2- Speaking 2- Speaking - Explain tag questions TM: Play game, practising, Ex: discussion group, technical + The news is very importants, isn’t it ? present….

You like watching sports, don't you ?

-C: Co-operation, Statement, tag ? communication,…

Affirmative statement, negative tag ?

-Q: Love family, friends and country Negative statement, affirmative tag ?

- T gives out the situations, ss make sentences then tell the form * Gerund: V + ing = N of tag questions Advoid , enjoy , finish , like , suggest , mind , hate , can’t help , mention , stop , can’t 84

- ss copy down

stand , practice , watch…. * Model dialogue S1: You like watching films, don’t you ?

Ask ss to tell some verbs + ving - write down S2: Not really, some films are boring and some are violent.I don’t like watching them.

I prefer music programa aspecially:” The Work in pairs to read the dialogue. Songs I love”. ss work in pairs to make similar S : I’m opposite. I love watching films. They 1 dialogues are wonderful. Music programs semm quite boring to me.

S2: But you watch “ Wildlife world”, don’t you ?

S1: yes, everyday.It is very interesting to know about animals and faraway places.

S2: I enjoy it too. You don’t like dramar, do you ?

- Introduce the topic of the S2: No, I don’t listening - Give the meaning of new words - Listen to the tape and complete the table.

- Give answers in front of the class.

3- Listening:

3- Listening: TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country

Printed newspaper:b¸o in.

Telegraph: ®iÖn tÝn.

Radio and newsreels:®µi , phim tµi li Answer: a. the late 19th century b. radio and newscreels c. in the 1950s d. the internet - Listen to the tape again and a. printed newspaper appeared in Laos b.The internet became a major force in the check the As. journalism in 1990.

- Copy the As: c. Telegraph was invented in the 20th century. d. Radio and newscreels appeared in the early 20th century.

85

4. Further practice: Repeat what has been learnt 5. Production: - Ask Ss to learn by heart the time and the inventions of the media.

- Prepare "Read" ------------------------------------------------------Week:15 Preparing date: Period:29 Teaching date: FEEDBACK ON TEST 45’ I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: After getting back the test papers, students will be able to evaluate their knowledge and have a plan for the next time 2. Skills: To correct Ss’ errors if necessary 3. Attitude: - To give Ss the motivation to learn hard for their exam - Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: test 45’ 2.Students: notebooks III./.PROCEDURE: 1- Warm up - How are you today?

- Are you ready for getting back the test papers?

2- Teacher's idea * Priority: - Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well.

- Ss try their best to get good marks.

- Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request.

- Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about showing.

- Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves.

- Ss find their mistakes by themselves.

- Ss share and compare with a partners.

86

-T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test.

-Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did.

-Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board -T: Gives the correct answers.

-Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers Key: 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Key

Sentence 2019 2019 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

F T F T B A D A A D B B C B C A

Key A

D B A A C C A B C D A B A D C

WRITE: 2 .0,5 p for each correct sentence.

1. Nam said he had to do his homework.

2. Nam said Mai was learning English then.

3. The teacher asked how I went to school.

4. Ba asked if I liked watching English news.

(Tape: Unit 4 â&#x20AC;&#x201C;Listen -

Spend time with students to ask questions about their tests, their points.

T asks Ss write key in notebook and correct their mistakes by themselves.

5-Production: - Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson 87

----------------------@0@-------------------

WEEK:15 Period:30

Preparing date:26/11/2019 Teaching date:3/12/2019

UNIT 5: THE MEDIA Lesson 3: Reading I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know about one of the modern media and its effects to our life, Internet 2. Skills: Reading 3. Attitude: - Positive about the media.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE Students and teacher’s activities Contents 1- Warm up: 1- Warm up: - Show a picture of a computer + What is this ? Can you use computer ? and some questions about it. + What subjects help you to use computer?

- Ss answer + Have you ever used Internet ? + Do you find the internet useful ? + What do you use the internet for ?

2- Pre-reading 2- Pre-reading TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

88

-Q: Love family, friends and country Matching prediction vocab T says English, calls st by st to tell the meaning A B Gets ss to read and copy the 1. Surf the web a. diÔn ®µn words b.lîi Ých 2. forum 3.E-mail c.truy cËp Ss close their books 4.benifit d.lang thang Ss guess T/ F statements and write 5.get access e.lít qua T- web f.th ®iÖn in notebooks tö 6. wander T asks ss to tell their predictions g.th qu¶ng c¸o 7. time and write on the board consuming h. tèn thêi gian 8.junk mail True / False prediction. a. Internet is a wonderful invention of modern life. b. The internet is available not only in cities but also in the countryside. c. People use the internet for 2 purposes: education and entertainment. d. Bad program is one of the limitations of the internet. e. You should be alert when using the internet.

3- While-reading TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Ss open their books to read then check their predictions - T corrects

3- While-reading: *Checking prediction: a -T ; b - F ; c - F ; d - T ; e - T * Answer questions * The right As are: 1. Sandra uses the internet to get information - Read the text again and work in and to communicate with her friends and relatives. pairs to answer the questions.

2.Because she lives in the countryside where - Practice in front of the class.

89

- Ask Ss to work in groups to the internet is unavailable. discuss the question 6 +7 3. People use the internet for educatuion, communication, entertainment ,and commerce 4. The benifits of internet: It is used for multipurposes : for getting information, for education, entertaiment and commerce.

5. Yes, There are some disadvantages. It is tinme –comsuming, costly, dangerous because ofvirus and bad programs.

4- Post-reading 4- Post-reading: Tell again 5. Production: - Ask Ss to do exercise 3 – P.38 (workbook) ==================== WEEK:16 Period:31

Preparing date: 1/12/2019 Teaching date:8/12/2019

UNIT 5: THE MEDIA Lesson 4: Writing I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a passage about the benefits of the internet 2. Skills: Writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about the media.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE STUDENTS AND TEACHER’S Content ACTIVITIES

1. Warm up * Brainstorming 2. Pre- writing TM: Play game, practising, discussion 90

group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Gives ss the examples - Asks them to ask and answer in pairs

- Gets ss to read the text on P43- 44 again

- Asks them to make a list of benefits of the Internet again

- Has them discuss the benefits of the Internet in group of 5 then write on a poster - T hangs on some poster and corrects

Example exchange A: Which is your favorite activity in your free time?

B: Watching TV A: How many hours a week / a day do you spend watching TV? B: About 4 or 5 hours, I guess I- Reading and discussing Benefits of the Internet - The Internet as a source of information (news, weather forecast, weather, city maps,...)

- The Internet as a source of entertainment (music, movies, games, novels...)

- The Internet as a means of education (online school, online lessons, self study) - Easy to get information - Communicate with friends/ relatives...

(Email, chatting, web cam) - Order tickets, goods, trip, hotels...

3. While- Writing TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Gets ss to use the ideas they've just discussed and the cues on p 44 to write a passage about the benefits of the Internet - Monitors and helps ss - Calls on some ss to read their passages before the class - Gives feedback and corrects

III- Writing - Give suggested passage (extra-board) The internet has widely developed recently and it has three mains benefits.

Firstly, the Internet is a plentiful and reliable source of information. We can get information such as : news articles, and weather forecasts very fast and conveniently. Secondly, the Internet is a 91

very good way to entertain. We can listen to music, watch videos, play games online.Besides, we can chat with friends and relatives who live far away.it is a very cheap means of communication.

Lastly, The internet provides a rich sources of educational materials and convenient way to study.We can do online exercises and take on-line test.

We don’t need to go to school but we still can complete the educational programs.

Inconclusion the internet brings us a lots of benifits which make our life more modern and convenient 4. Post- Writing TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Asks ss to discuss the disadvantages of the Internet in group of 5 - Calls some leaders to present

IV- Discussion * Disadvantages of the Internet + Time- consuming + Costly + Viruses + Bad programs + Spam / electronic junk mail + Personal information leaking + ...

5. Production: - Asks ss to learn by heart all the new words - Write about the disadvantages of the Internet - Prepare new lesson -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

92

93

WEEK:2019 Period:32

Preparing date: 3/12/2019 Teaching date:10/12/2019

UNIT 5: THE MEDIA Lesson 5: Language focus I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use the tag questions and gerunds to talk and do exercises well 2. Skills: Reading, writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about the media.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE TEACHER AND STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES

Content

1. Warm up * Guessing game - Gets ss to think about the Students and reading teacher’s activities in their free time book - Asks them to write their favorite Students and teacher’s activities in a small pieces of paper and keep it secret

Activities in free time

Play video game Chatting with friends

- Asks ss to ask Yes/ No questions to find out the teacher's favorite Students and teacher’s activities - Calls the ss who has correct guess to the front of the class and the game continue 2- Presentation TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

94

play soccer

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country Pre- Teaching - Teaches vocabs

- Checks by "R.O.R"

- Explains tag question to ss again

I- Vocabulary Website (n): Trang web Publish (n): Ên hµnh Cable TV (n): TruyÒn h×nh c¸p Quiz (n): cuéc thi ®è vui II- Tag questions Form: Auxiliary verb + personal pronoun + A tag question has the same auxiliary verb as in the main clause + If the main clause has the full verb "be", we use "be" in the question tag + We use "do, does" in present simple question tags and did in past simple question tags + We normally put a negative question tag with a positive statement, and a positive question tag with a negative statement * Intonation: + If we are asking a real question, we use a rising intonation + If we sure about the answer, we use the falling question

3. Practice

95

TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical present….

-C: Co-operation, communication,…

-Q: Love family, friends and country - Asks ss to put the question tags - Gets them to work in pairs - Calls some ss to present - Corrects

- Has ss do LF 1 on page 45 - Asks them to work individually, using tag questions - Gives feedback and corrects - Gets them to practice the dialogue in pairs

III- Practice 1- Complete the sentences. Put the question tags 1. We don't have to pay,..........?

2. Tom should pass the exam,...........?

3. Mary won't be late,..........?

4. They don't like us,..........?

5. It's a nice day,.........?

2- Complete the dialogues with the correct tags a. haven't you? b. didn't he? c. wasn't it? d. do you? e. aren't we?

3- Asks and answer questions - Asks ss to do LF 2 on p45 a. Tuan likes news, doesn't he?

- Yes, he does b. Hanh and Tuan don't like movies, do they?

- No, they don't c- Tuan doesn't like music, does he?

- No, he doesn't d- Hanh and Mai like cartoons, don't they?

- Yes, they do * Dialogue build 4- Complete the dialogue * Set the scene Nga:.(1).... you ..(2)..... ...(3).... soccer?

- Nga and Mai are talking about their Mai: No, I ..(4)..... it favorite Students and teacher’s activities Nga: ...(5)...., ...(6).... enjoy ..(7)..... in their free time TV? Mai: Yes, I ...(8).... it - Asks ss to complete the dialogue Nga: ...(9).... you ..(10)..... fishing?

Mai: I don't know. I've ..(11)..... tried ...(12)....

Answer key 1. Do 7. you 2. like 8. watching 96

- Corrects the mistakes

- Asks ss to remember Gerunds after some verbs - T reminds some other verbs - Asks ss to do exercise 3 on p 46 in pairs - Gives an example - Gives feed back and corrects

4. Further practice: TM: Play game, practising, discussion group, technical presentâ&#x20AC;Ś.

-C: Co-operation, communication,â&#x20AC;Ś -Q: Love family, friends and country * Writing - Gets ss to write true sentences about their family members, relatives, friends and themselves - Asks them to use the cues on p 46 - Give an example - Monitors and corrects 5. Production: - Learn by heart all the new words - Do exercises in workbook - Prepare new lesson

3. playing 9. love 4. hate 10. Do 5. Do 11. enjoy 6. you 12. it 5- Gerund after some verbs * Form: like love + Ving enjoy dislike hate mind finish suggest consider deny keep on miss can't help practice stand Example a. soccer A: Do you like playing soccer?

B: Yes I do b. Fishing A: Do you enjoy fishing?

B: No, I hate it

Example I like watching sports but my sister doesn't. She likes listening to music

WEEK:2019

Preparing date: 7/12/2019 97

Period:33

Teaching date:15/12/2019

REVIEW I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to review their knowlegde from unit 1 – 5: Past simple tense, present perfect tense, structure with “Wish” 2. Skills:writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about the media.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE 1. Warmer: 2. Revision 3. Practice II. Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the others 1) A. faded B. planted C. watched D. handed 2) A. buses B. bookcases C. places D. telephones III. Pick out the word whose stress pattern is not the same as that in the rest: (0.75m) 1) A. material B. tunic C. language D. primary 2) A. enjoyable B. fashionable C. traditional D. unique 3) A. baggy B. equal C. novel D. design IV. Choose the correct answer then fill in the blank: (1.5m) 1) Casual clothes make students feel _____________ when they are in their favorite clothes .

A. rich B. poor C. practical D. selfconfident 2) This material was very strong and it didn’t wear ___________ easily.

A. in B. of C. out D. on 3) They _______________ this house last year.

98

A. paint B. paints C. painting D. painted 4) She likes to wear __________________ jeans.

A. lively B. colorful C. equal D. faded 5) Some designers have ___________________ the ao dai.

A. consisted B. modernized C. depended D. comprised V. Choose the word ( a, b, c, or d ) that best fits each of the blank spaces.

Named ( 1 ) …an ex-Governor of New South Wales, Sydney is the State’s capital (2)........ .Located on the south – east coast of Australia in the temperature zone, it enjoys a mild (3) ………, averaging 14.5 hours of sunshine per day ( 4 ) ……summer and 10.25 hours in winter . It is also the largest, oldest and perhaps the most beautifully situated city in Australia . First established by the Bristish as a convict settlement ( 5 ) ……201988, it is a modern cosmopolitan city that has developed into one of the nation’s major industry, business, and ( 6 )……centers.

Sydney is ( 7 ) …..to nearly 4.2 million people ( as at 1995 ). The suburbs reach out from the city center and harbor creating a metropolitan area of about 1000 square kilometers. The 57 square kilometers harbor is one of the largest in the world and famous ( 8 ) ………….the unmistakable 134 high arch of the Harbor Bridge and the graceful sails ( 9 ) …………….the Opera House. I t is a busy waterway with ferries, freighters, hydrofoils and ( 10 )………….craft.

36. a. of b. like c. as d. after 37. a. area b. part c. city d. role 38. a. wind b. atmosphere c. degree d. climate 39. a. in b. at c. on d. when 40. a. in b. at c. on d. when 41. a. manufacture b. manufacturing c. manufactory d. manufacturer 42. a. root b. house c.home d. hometown 43. a. since b. as c. due to d. for 44. a. from b. of c. to d. in 45. a. please b. pleasant c. pleased d. pleasure VI. Read the passage and choose the item ( a, b, c, or d ) During World War I Many women had jobs, and their clothes needed to be more practical. They began wearing shorter skirts and bared their legs. Soon they began wearing trousers. The lively, outrageous flapper style of the 1920s included lower waistlines, long necklaces and short hair. Men’s suits became looser and were worn with a long tie. During the 1960s women wore miniskirts, jeans and T – shirts became popular with both sexes. Women’s shoes appeared in many colors and styles, including sandals and platfoms (= shoes with a thick sole and high heel ). Since then, fashions have continued to change rapidly, and young people, especialy, are quick to wear the latest styles.

46. What can be the best title of the passage ? a. Puritan – style clothes b. Medieval costume c. War clothing th d. Style of the 20 century 47. When did women wear jeans ?

99

a. In 1960 b. In the seventh decade of the th 20 century c. In the sixth decade of the 20th century d. During World War I 48. Why did women begin wearing trousers ? a. They wanted to look lively and outrageous. b. They were fighting for greater equality between the sexes. c. They wanted to wear clothes that are useful for their work. d. They didn’t like wearing short skirts.

V. Choose the underlined word or phrase that needs correcting: (1m) 1) Her sister knows how for prepare Chinese foods.

A B C D 2) We won’t know the value of health until we will lose it A B C D 3) Not put your clothes on the bed.

A B C D 4) Unlike my father , I don’t like many sugar in my coffee.

A B C D VI. Complete the sentences with an appropriate form of words in parentheses: (1m) 1) Her clothes look very modern and _____________________. (fashion) 2) She made a deep __________________ on the members of her class.(impress) 3) ____________________, ao dai was worn by both men and women. (tradition) 4) I got dressed very ____________ and went to school. (quick) VII. Rewrite the following sentences He doesn’t help his mother with housework. → I wish .......................................................................................................................

1) He can’t pass the examination. → He wishes .................................................................................................................

2) They often went to Paris on weekends. → They used .................................................................................................................

3) Someone turned off the lights when I went out. → The lights .................................................................................................................

4) We have learnt English for 4 years. → We started ................................................................................................................

4. Further practice - Ss repeat and remember the basic grammars of the lesson 5. Production - Revise the test --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------WEEK:2019

Preparing date: 10/12/2019 100

Period:34

Teaching date:2019/12/2019

REVIEW I./. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to review their knowlegde from unit 1 – 5: Past simple tense, present perfect tense, structure with “Wish” 2. Skills:writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about the media.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: book, planning, picture, laptop, projector 2.Students: books, notebooks III./.PROCEDURE 1. Warmer: 2. Revision 3. Practice I.Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the others:(0.4m) 1) A. impressed B. missed C. named D. washed 2) A. picnics B. novels C. poets D. comics II. Pick out the word whose stress pattern is not the same as that in the rest: (0.6m) 1) A. collect B. label C. logical D. poetry 2) A. fashion B. symbol C. subject D. relax 3) A. gather B. cotton C. religion D. casual III. Choose the correct answer then fill in the blank: (1.m) 1) I have known her ________________ six years.

A. to B. for C. from D. in 2) It seems very difficult ___________me to do this.

A. in B. for C. on D. to 3) Today young generation is still fond of _______________ jeans.

A. wear B. to wear C. wearing D. wears 4) Mrs. Lan _______________ us English 2 years ago.

A. teaches B. teaching C. teach D. taught 101

5)

Wearing uniform helps students feel ____________ in many ways.

A. lively B. colorful C. equal D. faded IV. Read the following passage then answer True (T) or False (F): (1m) Advertisements are very important in the modern world. Often your T-shirt or jeans show the name of the company that made them. This is a popular form of advertising. A special picture or symbol, called logo, is sometimes used.

You see logos on many different products. The idea of a logo is that whenever you see it, you think of that product or company.

Many people like to buy a product because it is made by a certain company. Some people only buy a product that is made by a famous company. People wear clothes and carry bags that have a famous label to show that they are fashionable and have good taste.

It is very common to see advertisements on TV and hear them on the radio. Most advertisements are only a few seconds long but very attractive. Sometimes, the advertiser uses a slogan because it is easy to say and easy to remember.

The idea of advertisements is to try to make you buy the product. They sometimes show rich and famous people using that product. The message is, if you want to feel rich and famous, then buy this product.

1) The main purpose of an advertisement is to make people buy the product.

2) Your T-shirt or jeans show the name of the company that made them.

3) Most advertisements are only a few minutes long but very attractive 4) A good slogan is easy to remember 5, The message is, if you buy this product, you will feel rich and famous V. Choose A,B,C or D to complete the following passage: (1m) Singapore is an island city of about three million people. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s a beautiful (1)_______with lots of parks and open spaces. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s also a very clean city.

Most of the people (2)___in high rise flats in different parts of the island. The business district is very modern with lots of high new office buildings. Singapore also has some nice older sections. In China town, there (3)____rows of old shop house. The Government buildings in Singapore are very (4)____and date from the colonial days. Singapore is famous (5)____its shops and restaurants. There are many good shopping centers. Most of the goods are duty free. Singaporeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s restaurants sell Chinese, Indian, Malay and European food, and the prices are quite reasonable.A. district B. town C. city D. village A. live B. lives C. are living D. lived A. is B. will be C. were D. are A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautify D. beautifully A. in B. on C. at D. for VI. Choose the underlined word or phrase that needs correcting: (1m) 1) What do you often have for the lunch?

A B C D 2) He has worked for the same company since he leaves school.

A B C D 102

_______ _______ _______ _______

3) I’ll will give you my address before I find somewhere to live.

A B C D 4) Traditionally, the Ao Dai was wear by both men and women.

A B C D VII. Complete the sentences with an appropriate form of words in parentheses: (1m) 2) They _____________________ me to join their family to Hue last year.(invitation) 3) They __________________ ________________ at least twice a week. (correspondence) 4) Hanoi is not ____________________from Kuala Lumpur .(difference) 5) What is the main language of ___________________ at the school? (instruct) VIII. Rewrite the following sentences so that the second sentence means nearly exactly the same as the first one (1.5ps) 1) I can’t speak English very well. → I wish ..................................................................................................................

2) I’m sorry my father isn’t here now. → I wish ..................................................................................................................

3) I liked chocolate very much when I was a child. → I used...................................................................................................................

4) They have changed the traditional ao dai a lot since then. → The .....................................................................................................................

5) Laura hasn’t written to her mother for a month → Laura didn’t .........................................................................................................

VII- Use the words provided to write sentences. (1.5ps) 1.Internet / be / very fast and convenient way / get information ._________________________________________________________________________ 2.Yesterday / beautiful day / so / my friend / I / go / picnic. ._________________________________________________________________________ 3.Hoa / wish / she / can visit / parents. . ________________________________________________________________________ 4.Daisy / said / want / improve / writing. ._________________________________________________________________________ 5.My mother / like / watch / folk music / news / VTV1 channel 4. Further practice - Ss repeat and remember the basic grammars of the lesson 5. Production - Revise the test

103

Week: 2019 Period:35

THE FIRST EXAM

Preparation date: 14 /12/2019 Teaching date : 22 /12/2019

I.Objectives.

1.Knowledge Students will be able to summarize the knowledge they have learnt form unit 1 to unit 8 so that they can supplement what they are short of 2.Skill: Listening ,speaking ,reading ,writing 3. Attitude: - Positive about their lesson.

- Students know how to learn English in right way.

- Ss are interested in doing exercises.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,â&#x20AC;Ś - Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,â&#x20AC;Ś II.Preparation: 1, Teacher's: Test paper , chalks , boards .2, Students': pens III.Procedures

104

Week:19 Period:36

Preparing date: 2019/12/2019 Teaching date:24/12/2019 FEEDBACK ON TEST 45’

I./. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: After getting back the test papers, students will be able to evaluate their knowledge and have a plan for the next time 2. Skills: To correct Ss’ errors if necessary 3. Attitude: - To give Ss the motivation to learn hard for their exam - Students know how to learn English in right way.

4. Competence and quality: 4.1. Competence: - General capacity:self-learning ability, communication capacity, capacity to use language, cooperation capacity,…

- Specilized capacity:English language ability, develop self capacity,..

4.2. Quality: Love family and country, willing to participate in social activities, live humanty, cooperate with people around,…

II./.PREPARATION: 1.Teacher: test 45’ 2.Students: notebooks III./.PROCEDURE: 1- Warm up - How are you today?

- Are you ready for getting back the test papers?

2- Teacher's idea 105

* Priority: - Ss do the part " choose the best answer " and writing well.

- Ss try their best to get good marks.

- Ss know how to do the test, present well, true request.

- Ss understand vocabularies, language focus. *Defect: - Some Ss have many mistakes about using vocabularies.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about writing sentences, using structure.

- Some Ss have many mistakes about showing.

- Some Ss copy other exams 3- Pay the test paper back to ss - Ss look at the tests and do the tests again by themselves.

- Ss find their mistakes by themselves.

- Ss share and compare with a partners.

-T asks Ss to work in pairs +S1 corrects mistakes of S2's test + S2 corrects mistakes of S1's test - T calls - Ss answer one by one 4- T gives ss the answer key -T: Gives the aims of the exercise from the test.

-Ss: Listen -T: Asks Ss to give the answers they did.

-Ss: Give the answers they did or write on board -T: Gives the correct answers.

-Ss: Listen and correct the mistakes -T: Explains some knowledge and the answers 1. Key: 0,25 p for each correct sentences Sentence Key Sentence 1 F 2019 2 T 19 3 F 20 4 T 21 5 A 22 6 C 23 7 B 24 8 D 25 9 B 26 10 A 27 11 D 28 12 A 29 13 C 30 14 A 31 15 D 32 106

Key D B B A C B C B D B A A C B A

16 2019

C C

33 34

D C

WRITE: 2.0,25 p for each correct sentence.

35. I wish I were a famous singer 36. I was given some information about the local gym 37. I have not seen my uncle since I was a small child 38. My house is going to be built by the builders next month (Tape: Unit 2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C;Listen + Unit 4 - Listen Spend time with students to ask questions about their tests, their points.

- T asks Ss write key in notebook and correct their mistakes by themselves.

5-Production: - Redo the test in the notebook - Prepare new lesson ----------------------@0@-------------------

107